TWI750383B - Device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI750383B
TWI750383B TW107120372A TW107120372A TWI750383B TW I750383 B TWI750383 B TW I750383B TW 107120372 A TW107120372 A TW 107120372A TW 107120372 A TW107120372 A TW 107120372A TW I750383 B TWI750383 B TW I750383B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
composition
mass
pixel
ring
Prior art date
Application number
TW107120372A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201907238A (en
Inventor
児玉知啓
大河原昂広
高桑英希
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201907238A publication Critical patent/TW201907238A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI750383B publication Critical patent/TWI750383B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/029Inorganic compounds; Onium compounds; Organic compounds having hetero atoms other than oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種提高相對於目標光的靈敏度且能夠檢測降低雜訊之光之裝置的製造方法。裝置的製造方法包括:使用抗蝕劑組成物在支撐體上形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜的圖案,接著,將抗蝕劑膜的圖案作為遮罩而對支撐體進行離子植入來製造受光元件之步驟;在受光元件的進行了離子植入之區域上的至少一部分,形成濾光器的畫素形成用組成物的層之步驟;對畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並以圖案狀進行曝光之步驟;及對曝光後的畫素形成用組成物的層進行顯影而形成畫素之步驟。The present invention provides a method of manufacturing a device capable of improving sensitivity to target light and capable of detecting noise-reducing light. A method of manufacturing a device includes forming a pattern of a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more on a support using a resist composition, and then ion implanting the support using the pattern of the resist film as a mask A step of manufacturing a light-receiving element; a step of forming a layer of a pixel-forming composition of an optical filter on at least a part of the ion-implanted region of the light-receiving element; a step of irradiating the layer of the pixel-forming composition with a wavelength A step of exposing in a pattern with light of 300 nm or less; and a step of developing the layer of the exposed pixel formation composition to form a pixel.

Description

裝置的製造方法Method of manufacturing the device

本發明係有關一種具備受光元件和濾光器之裝置的製造方法。The present invention relates to a method of manufacturing a device including a light-receiving element and an optical filter.

在視訊攝影機、數位相機、帶有攝像功能之行動電話等中使用CCD(電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(互補金屬氧化物半導體)。在該等固態攝像元件的製造步驟中進行如下:在支撐體上形成抗蝕劑圖案,並將該抗蝕劑圖案作為遮罩而對支撐體進行離子植入來製造受光元件。A CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) is used in video cameras, digital cameras, mobile phones with camera functions, and the like. In the manufacturing steps of these solid-state imaging elements, a resist pattern is formed on a support, and a light-receiving element is manufactured by ion-implanting the support with the resist pattern as a mask.

又,在固態攝像元件中使用彩色濾光片、紅外線透射濾波器等的濾光器。該等濾光器使用各種濾光器形成用組成物來形成。In addition, filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters are used in solid-state imaging elements. These filters are formed using various compositions for forming filters.

例如,在專利文獻1中記載有:有關一種利用了300 nm以下的超短波長曝光器之固態攝像元件的彩色濾光片製造用著色感光性樹脂組成物之發明。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, Patent Document 1 describes an invention related to a colored photosensitive resin composition for producing a color filter of a solid-state imaging element using an ultra-short wavelength exposure device of 300 nm or less. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本特表2012-532334號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-532334

在具備受光元件和濾光器之裝置中,提高感測精度、畫質等時,期望提高目標光的信噪比(S/N比)來進行檢測。In a device including a light-receiving element and an optical filter, in order to improve sensing accuracy, image quality, and the like, it is desirable to improve the signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio) of target light for detection.

另一方面,以往,在製造受光元件時,在支撐體上形成厚度為4 μm以下的抗蝕劑膜的圖案之後,將該抗蝕劑膜的圖案作為遮罩而對支撐體進行離子植入來製造了受光元件。然而,依據本發明人的研究,發現使用了藉由該種方法製造之受光元件之裝置的雜訊容易變大。On the other hand, conventionally, when manufacturing a light-receiving element, after forming a pattern of a resist film having a thickness of 4 μm or less on a support, the pattern of the resist film is used as a mask to perform ion implantation on the support. to manufacture the light-receiving element. However, according to the research of the present inventors, it is found that the noise of the device using the light-receiving element manufactured by this method is easily increased.

另外,依據專利文獻1中所記載之發明,雖然記載有:藉由使用包含以300 nm以下的光進行反應之化合物之光聚合起始劑來作為光聚合起始劑,能夠在300 nm以下的超短波長下使其硬化,但是沒有關於降低雜訊的記載或提示。In addition, according to the invention described in Patent Document 1, although it is described that by using a photopolymerization initiator containing a compound that reacts with light of 300 nm or less as a photopolymerization initiator, the photopolymerization initiator can be It is hardened at ultra-short wavelengths, but there is no record or suggestion of noise reduction.

藉此,本發明的目的在於提供一種提高相對於目標光的靈敏度且能夠檢測降低雜訊之光之裝置的製造方法。Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a method of manufacturing a device capable of improving sensitivity to target light and capable of detecting noise-reduced light.

依據本發明人的研究,發現藉由設為以下結構而能夠實現上述目的,從而完成了本發明。藉此,本發明提供如下。 <1>一種裝置的製造方法,其包括: 使用抗蝕劑組成物在支撐體上形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜的圖案,接著,將抗蝕劑膜的圖案作為遮罩而對支撐體進行離子植入來製造受光元件之步驟; 在受光元件的進行了離子植入之區域上的至少一部分,形成濾光器的畫素形成用組成物的層之步驟; 對畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並以圖案狀進行曝光之步驟;及 對曝光後的畫素形成用組成物的層進行顯影而形成畫素之步驟。 <2>如<1>所述之裝置的製造方法,其中關於曝光步驟,對畫素形成用組成物的層照射KrF線並以圖案狀進行曝光。 <3>如<1>或<2>所述之裝置的製造方法,其中畫素形成用組成物為選自著色畫素形成用組成物及紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物中之至少一種。 <4>如<1>~<3>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中畫素形成用組成物包含聚合性化合物和光聚合起始劑,光聚合起始劑包含選自烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、噻噸酮化合物、三𠯤化合物及肟化合物中之至少一種化合物。 <5>如<1>~<4>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中畫素形成用組成物包含色材。 <6>如<5>所述之裝置的製造方法,其中相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,包含40質量%以上的色材。 <7>如<1>~<6>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中畫素的尺寸為2.0 μm以下。 <8>如<1>~<7>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中畫素的膜厚為1.0 μm以下。 <9>如<1>~<8>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度為25質量%以上。 <10>如<1>~<9>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中抗蝕劑組成物在25℃下的黏度為30~1000 mPa・s。 <11>如<1>~<10>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中抗蝕劑組成物包含樹脂,抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分中的樹脂的含量為95.0~99.9質量%。 <12>如<11>所述之裝置的製造方法,其中樹脂的大西參數(Ohnishi parameter)為3.0以下。 <13>如<11>所述之裝置的製造方法,其中樹脂的大西參數為2.8以下。 <14>如<1>~<13>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中抗蝕劑組成物為正型感光性組成物。 <15>如<1>~<10>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中抗蝕劑組成物含有具有重複單元之樹脂和光酸產生劑,該重複單元具有藉由酸的作用進行分解並產生極性基之基團。 <16>如<11>~<14>中任一項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中抗蝕劑組成物還包含光酸產生劑,樹脂為具有重複單元之樹脂,該重複單元具有藉由酸的作用進行分解並產生極性基之基團。 [發明效果]According to the research of the present inventors, it was found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by having the following structure, and the present invention has been completed. Thereby, the present invention provides the following. <1> A method of manufacturing a device, comprising: forming a pattern of a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more on a support using a resist composition, and then using the pattern of the resist film as a mask to A step of ion implanting a support to manufacture a light-receiving element; A step of forming a layer of a composition for forming a pixel of an optical filter on at least a part of the region of the light-receiving element where the ion implantation has been performed; The layer of the composition is irradiated with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less and exposed in a pattern; and the layer of the composition for forming a pixel after exposure is developed to form a pixel. <2> The method of manufacturing a device according to <1>, wherein the exposure step is patterned by irradiating the layer of the composition for pixel formation with KrF line. <3> The method for producing a device according to <1> or <2>, wherein the composition for forming a pixel is at least one selected from the composition for forming a coloring pixel and a composition for forming an infrared ray transmissive layer A sort of. <4> The method for producing a device according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the composition for forming a pixel comprises a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, and the photopolymerization initiator comprises an alkyl group selected from the group consisting of: At least one compound selected from a benzophenone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a benzophenone compound, a thioxanthone compound, a trioxanthine compound and an oxime compound. <5> The method for producing the device according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the composition for forming a pixel contains a color material. <6> The manufacturing method of the apparatus as described in <5> which contains 40 mass % or more of color materials with respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation. <7> The method for producing the device according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the size of the pixel is 2.0 μm or less. <8> The method for producing the device according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the film thickness of the pixel is 1.0 μm or less. <9> The method for producing an apparatus according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the solid content concentration of the resist composition is 25% by mass or more. <10> The method for producing a device according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the resist composition has a viscosity of 30 to 1000 mPa·s at 25°C. <11> The method for producing a device according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the resist composition contains a resin, and the content of the resin in the solid content of the resist composition is 95.0 to 99.9 mass %. <12> The method for producing an apparatus according to <11>, wherein the Ohnishi parameter of the resin is 3.0 or less. <13> The method for producing an apparatus according to <11>, wherein the Onishi parameter of the resin is 2.8 or less. <14> The method for producing a device according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the resist composition is a positive-type photosensitive composition. <15> The method for producing a device according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the resist composition contains a resin having a repeating unit and a photoacid generator, the repeating unit having a A group that decomposes and produces polar groups. <16> The method for producing the device according to any one of <11> to <14>, wherein the resist composition further comprises a photoacid generator, and the resin is a resin having a repeating unit having a The action of acid decomposes and generates polar groups. [Inventive effect]

依據本發明,能夠提供一種提高相對於目標光的靈敏度且能夠檢測降低雜訊之光之裝置的製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of manufacturing a device capable of improving sensitivity to target light and capable of detecting noise-reduced light.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 本說明書中,所謂“~”係以將記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之含義使用。 本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,未記載有經取代及未經取代之標記還包含不具有取代基之基團(原子團)及具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,所謂“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 本說明書中,所謂“曝光”,只要無特別說明,則不僅係指使用了光之曝光,而且使用了電子束、離子束等粒子束之描繪亦包含在曝光中。又,作為曝光中所使用之光,可舉出以水銀燈的明線分光、準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等光化射線或放射線。 本說明書中,“(甲基)烯丙基”表示烯丙基及甲基烯丙基這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基這兩者或其中任一者。 本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數平均分子量為藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析)法測量出之聚苯乙烯換算值。關於GPC,能夠遵照如下方法:使用HLC-8120(Tosoh Corporation製),作為管柱使用TSK gel Multipore HXL-M(Tosoh Corporation製,7.8 mmID(內徑)×30.0 cm),作為洗提液使用THF(四氫呋喃)之方法。 本說明書中,所謂紅外線係指波長為700~2500 nm的光。 本說明書中,所謂總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除了溶劑之成分的總質量。 本說明書中,所謂“步驟”這一術語,不僅包含獨立的步驟,即使在無法與其他步驟明確區分之情形下只要可實現對該步驟所期望之作用,則亦包含於本術語中。Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail. In this specification, "-" is used in the meaning including the numerical value described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit. In the labeling of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the labels not describing substituted and unsubstituted also include groups (atomic groups) without substituents and groups (atomic groups) with substituents. For example, the term "alkyl" includes not only an unsubstituted alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also a substituted alkyl group (substituted alkyl group). In this specification, "exposure" means not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. In addition, the light used for exposure includes actinic rays such as bright-line spectroscopy of mercury lamps and excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams, and radiation. In this specification, "(meth)allyl" means both or either of allyl and methallyl, and "(meth)acrylate" means both acrylate and methacrylate Alternatively or either, "(meth)acrylic" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acryloyl" means both acryl and methacryloyl or either. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are polystyrene conversion values measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. Regarding GPC, the following method can be used: HLC-8120 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), TSK gel Multipore HXL-M (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 7.8 mmID (inner diameter) × 30.0 cm) as the column, and THF as the eluent (tetrahydrofuran). In this specification, the term "infrared" refers to light having a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components excluding the solvent from all the components of the composition. In this specification, the term "step" includes not only an independent step, but also includes the term as long as the desired effect of the step can be achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.

<裝置的製造方法> 本發明的裝置的製造方法的特徵為,包含: 使用抗蝕劑組成物在支撐體上形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜的圖案,接著,將抗蝕劑膜的圖案作為遮罩而對支撐體進行離子植入來製造受光元件之步驟; 在受光元件的進行了離子植入之區域上的至少一部分,形成濾光器的畫素形成用組成物的層之步驟; 對畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並以圖案狀進行曝光之步驟;及 對曝光後的畫素形成用組成物的層進行顯影而形成畫素之步驟。<Method of Manufacturing Device> The method of manufacturing a device of the present invention is characterized by comprising: forming a pattern of a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more on a support using a resist composition, and then forming the resist film A step of ion-implanting a support body as a mask to manufacture a light-receiving element; at least a part of the ion-implanted region of the light-receiving element, forming a layer of the pixel-forming composition of the filter. Steps: irradiating the layer of the composition for forming a pixel with light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less and exposing in a pattern; and developing the layer of the composition for forming a pixel after exposure to form a pixel.

在本發明的裝置的製造方法中的受光元件的製造步驟中,在支撐體上形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜的圖案,並對支撐體進行離子植入。在支撐體中的被抗蝕劑膜覆蓋之部位中,認為在進行離子植入時注入之離子被抗蝕劑膜有效地遮蔽,從而能夠有效地抑制對無需離子植入之部分植入離子。因此,認為能夠進一步選擇性地將離子植入到從支撐體的抗蝕劑膜暴露的部位,其結果,推測為能夠提高相對於可見光線、紅外線等目標光的靈敏度,且能夠降低相對於雜訊的靈敏度。 又,在本發明中,以該種方式形成受光元件之後,在受光元件的進行了離子植入之區域上的至少一部分,形成濾光器的畫素形成用組成物的層,接著,對該畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並以圖案狀進行曝光,接著,對曝光後的畫素形成用組成物的層進行顯影而形成畫素。藉由以該種方式形成畫素,能夠在受光元件上形成矩形性良好的畫素。尤其,即使對畫素的尺寸進行進一步微細化,亦能夠形成矩形性良好的畫素。作為藉由以該種方式形成畫素,能夠提高所獲得之畫素的矩形性之理由,推測為如下。亦即,推測為:畫素形成用組成物的層傾向於相對於波長為300 nm以下的光的吸收性高,並在對畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並進行曝光時,傾向於畫素形成用組成物的層的表層相較於內部容易硬化。因此,推測為藉由對畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並進行曝光而畫素形成用組成物的層的表層迅速地硬化,藉由表層迅速地硬化,曝光光的散射、彈回得到抑制,其結果,能夠形成矩形性良好,且微細的圖案尺寸的畫素。 藉由如上所述那樣形成畫素,能夠提高所獲得之畫素的矩形性,因此認為能夠抑制由製成裝置時的接收光的不規則反射引起的雜散光,能夠提高相對於目標光的靈敏度且降低相對於雜訊的靈敏度。 由以上理由,依據本發明,能夠製造能夠檢測降低雜訊的光之裝置。In the light-receiving element manufacturing step in the method of manufacturing the device of the present invention, a pattern of a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more is formed on a support, and ion implantation is performed on the support. In the portion of the support covered with the resist film, it is considered that implanted ions are effectively shielded by the resist film when ion implantation is performed, thereby effectively suppressing implantation of ions into a portion that does not require ion implantation. Therefore, it is considered that ions can be more selectively implanted into the portion exposed from the resist film of the support. As a result, it is presumed that the sensitivity to target light such as visible rays and infrared rays can be improved, and the sensitivity to impurities can be reduced. information sensitivity. Further, in the present invention, after the light-receiving element is formed in this manner, a layer of the composition for forming a pixel of the filter is formed on at least a part of the region of the light-receiving element where the ion implantation has been performed, and then, this The layer of the composition for forming a pixel is irradiated with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less and exposed in a pattern, and then the layer of the composition for forming a pixel after exposure is developed to form a pixel. By forming the pixel in this way, it is possible to form a pixel with good rectangularity on the light-receiving element. In particular, even if the size of the pixel is further reduced, it is possible to form a pixel with good rectangularity. The reason why the rectangularity of the obtained pixel can be improved by forming the pixel in this manner is presumed as follows. That is, it is presumed that the layer of the composition for forming a pixel tends to have high absorptivity with respect to light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less, and that the layer of the composition for forming a pixel is irradiated with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less and then has a high absorptivity. At the time of exposure, the surface layer of the layer of the composition for forming a pixel tends to be hardened more easily than the inside. Therefore, it is presumed that by irradiating and exposing the layer of the composition for forming a pixel with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less, the surface layer of the layer of the composition for forming a pixel is rapidly hardened, and by the surface layer being rapidly hardened, the exposure light As a result, the scattering and springback of the particles are suppressed, and as a result, pixels with good squareness and fine pattern size can be formed. By forming the pixels as described above, the squareness of the obtained pixels can be improved. Therefore, it is considered that the stray light caused by the irregular reflection of the received light when the device is produced can be suppressed, and the sensitivity to the target light can be improved. And reduce the sensitivity to noise. For the above reasons, according to the present invention, it is possible to manufacture a device capable of detecting light with reduced noise.

又,依據本發明,還能夠形成耐化學性、耐劃傷性優異的畫素。作為可獲得該種效果之理由,推測其原因在於:藉由對畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並進行曝光,能夠使畫素形成用組成物的層的表層進一步有效地硬化。 又,依據本發明,還能夠抑制形成畫素時的殘渣的產生。如上所述,推測其原因在於:能夠在曝光時使畫素形成用組成物的層的表層迅速地硬化,因此能夠抑制曝光光的散射、彈回。Furthermore, according to the present invention, a pixel excellent in chemical resistance and scratch resistance can also be formed. The reason why such an effect can be obtained is presumed to be that by irradiating and exposing the layer of the composition for pixel formation with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less, the surface layer of the layer of the composition for pixel formation can be further improved Harden effectively. In addition, according to the present invention, it is possible to suppress the generation of residues during pixel formation. As described above, the reason for this is presumed to be that the surface layer of the layer of the composition for forming a pixel can be rapidly hardened at the time of exposure, so that scattering and rebound of the exposure light can be suppressed.

以下,對本發明的裝置的製造方法進行詳細說明。Hereinafter, the manufacturing method of the apparatus of this invention is demonstrated in detail.

(製造受光元件之步驟) [抗蝕劑膜的圖案形成] 首先,對製造受光元件之步驟進行說明。 在製造受光元件之步驟中,首先,使用抗蝕劑組成物在支撐體1上形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜的圖案(以下,還稱為抗蝕劑圖案。)2(圖1)。在本發明中,在支撐體1上塗佈抗蝕劑組成物來形成抗蝕劑膜,並對該抗蝕劑膜進行圖案形成來形成抗蝕劑圖案2為較佳。(Procedure of manufacturing a light-receiving element) [Pattern formation of a resist film] First, the process of manufacturing a light-receiving element will be described. In the step of manufacturing a light-receiving element, first, a pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as a resist pattern) 2 of a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more is formed on a support 1 using a resist composition ( FIG. 1 ). In the present invention, it is preferable to apply a resist composition on the support 1 to form a resist film, and to pattern the resist film to form the resist pattern 2 .

作為支撐體的種類,並無特別限定。例如,能夠使用矽基板、ZnO基板等公知的半導體基板。又,作為支撐體,使用InGaAs基板亦較佳。由於InGaAs基板相對於波長超過1000 nm之光的靈敏度良好,因此藉由使用InGaAs,能夠製造相對於波長超過1000 nm之光的靈敏度優異的受光元件。該等基板中可以摻雜有硼、鋁、磷、砷等雜質。The type of the support is not particularly limited. For example, a known semiconductor substrate such as a silicon substrate and a ZnO substrate can be used. In addition, it is also preferable to use an InGaAs substrate as a support. Since the sensitivity of the InGaAs substrate to light with a wavelength exceeding 1000 nm is good, by using InGaAs, a light-receiving element with excellent sensitivity to light with a wavelength exceeding 1000 nm can be manufactured. Impurities such as boron, aluminum, phosphorus, and arsenic may be doped into the substrates.

抗蝕劑圖案2的厚度為5 μm以上,6 μm以上為較佳,7 μm以上為更佳,8 μm以上為進一步較佳。上限並無特別限定,但是就圖案形狀的觀點而言,15 μm以下為較佳,10 μm以下為更佳。若抗蝕劑圖案2的厚度為5 μm以上,則在離子植入時,能夠有效地遮蔽所注入之離子。若抗蝕劑圖案2的厚度為15 μm以下(較佳為10 μm以下),則能夠保持良好的圖案形狀,其結果,能夠在離子植入時在目標範圍內高效地植入離子,能夠進一步提高相對於紅外線的S/N比。上述厚度的抗蝕劑圖案2可以藉由將抗蝕劑組成物重複塗佈2次以上來形成,但是就製造成本的觀點而言,藉由1次塗佈來形成為較佳。亦即,藉由抗蝕劑組成物的1次塗佈來形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜,對該抗蝕劑膜進行圖案形成,從而形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑圖案2為較佳。The thickness of the resist pattern 2 is 5 μm or more, preferably 6 μm or more, more preferably 7 μm or more, and even more preferably 8 μm or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the pattern shape, 15 μm or less is preferable, and 10 μm or less is more preferable. When the thickness of the resist pattern 2 is 5 μm or more, the implanted ions can be effectively shielded during ion implantation. When the thickness of the resist pattern 2 is 15 μm or less (preferably 10 μm or less), a favorable pattern shape can be maintained, and as a result, ions can be efficiently implanted in a target range during ion implantation, and further Improve the S/N ratio with respect to infrared rays. The resist pattern 2 of the above-mentioned thickness can be formed by repeating the application of the resist composition twice or more, but from the viewpoint of the manufacturing cost, it is preferably formed by one application. That is, a resist film with a thickness of 5 μm or more is formed by one coating of the resist composition, and the resist film is patterned to form a resist pattern with a thickness of 5 μm or more. 2 is better.

作為抗蝕劑組成物,可以為正型感光性組成物、負型感光性組成物中的任一者,但是從容易形成微細的圖案之理由考慮,係正型感光性組成物為較佳。The resist composition may be either a positive-type photosensitive composition or a negative-type photosensitive composition, but a positive-type photosensitive composition is preferable because it is easy to form a fine pattern.

抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度係25質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,31質量%以上為進一步較佳,32質量%以上尤為佳。若抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度為25質量%以上,則藉由1次塗佈容易形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜。尤其,在抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度為30質量%以上之情形下,容易形成圖案形狀良好的抗蝕劑圖案。關於抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度的上限,45質量%以下為較佳,42.5質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。The solid content concentration of the resist composition is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 31% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more. When the solid content concentration of the resist composition is 25% by mass or more, a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more can be easily formed by one coating. In particular, when the solid content concentration of the resist composition is 30 mass % or more, it is easy to form a resist pattern with a favorable pattern shape. The upper limit of the solid content concentration of the resist composition is preferably 45% by mass or less, more preferably 42.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.

關於抗蝕劑組成物在25℃下的黏度,就塗佈性的觀點而言,30~1000 mPa・s為較佳,100~1000 mPa・s為更佳。上限係800 mPa・s以下為較佳,700 mPa・s以下為更佳,600 mPa・s以下為進一步較佳。下限係150 mPa・s以上為較佳,200 mPa・s以上為更佳,300 mPa・s以上為進一步較佳。The viscosity of the resist composition at 25°C is preferably 30 to 1000 mPa・s, more preferably 100 to 1000 mPa・s, from the viewpoint of coatability. The upper limit is preferably 800 mPa・s or less, more preferably 700 mPa・s or less, and even more preferably 600 mPa・s or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 mPa・s or more, more preferably 200 mPa・s or more, and still more preferably 300 mPa・s or more.

本發明中所使用之抗蝕劑組成物包含樹脂,抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分中的樹脂的含量係95~99.9質量%為較佳,96~99.9質量%為更佳,97~99.9質量%為進一步較佳。The resist composition used in the present invention contains resin, and the content of the resin in the solid content of the resist composition is preferably 95 to 99.9 mass %, more preferably 96 to 99.9 mass %, and 97 to 99.9 mass % % is further preferred.

又,抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂的大西參數係3.0以下為較佳,2.9以下為更佳,2.8以下為進一步較佳,2.7以下尤為佳。下限例如係2.5以上為較佳。若抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂的大西參數為3.0以下,則容易製造相對於目標光的S/N比高的裝置。作為可獲得該種效果之理由,推測其原因在於:能夠形成容易進一步有效地遮蔽在離子植入時注入之離子之抗蝕劑膜。另外,所謂大西參數,係由下述式定義之值。 大西參數=C、H及O的原子數之和/(C原子數-O原子數)The Onishi parameter of the resin contained in the resist composition is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.9 or less, further preferably 2.8 or less, and particularly preferably 2.7 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 or more, for example. When the Onishi parameter of the resin contained in the resist composition is 3.0 or less, it is easy to manufacture a device having a high S/N ratio with respect to target light. The reason why such an effect can be obtained is presumed to be that a resist film that can more effectively shield ions implanted at the time of ion implantation can be formed. In addition, the so-called Onishi parameter is a value defined by the following formula. Onishi parameter = the sum of the atomic numbers of C, H and O / (the number of C atoms - the number of O atoms)

在本發明中,所謂抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂的大西參數為3.0以下之情形,係指如下情形。亦即,抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂只有一種之情形,係指該樹脂本身的大西參數為3.0以下。又,抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂為兩種以上之情形,係指由各樹脂的含量與大西參數之乘積之和算出之值。又,關於各樹脂的大西參數,使用藉由前述計算公式算出之值。In the present invention, the case where the Onishi parameter of the resin contained in the resist composition is 3.0 or less means the following cases. That is, when there is only one resin contained in the resist composition, it means that the Onishi parameter of the resin itself is 3.0 or less. In addition, when the resin contained in a resist composition is two or more types, it means the value calculated from the sum of the product of the content of each resin and the Onishi parameter. In addition, about the Onishi parameter of each resin, the value calculated by the said calculation formula was used.

在本發明中所使用之抗蝕劑組成物包含兩種以上的樹脂之情形下,樹脂總量中的大西參數為3.0以下的樹脂(較佳為大西參數係2.8以下的樹脂,更佳為大西參數係2.7以下的樹脂)的含量係50~100質量%為較佳,60~100質量%為更佳,75~100質量%為進一步較佳。In the case where the resist composition used in the present invention contains two or more kinds of resins, the resin having an Onishi parameter of 3.0 or less in the total amount of resins (preferably a resin having an Onishi parameter of 2.8 or less, more preferably Onishi parameter) The content of the parameter is 2.7 or less resin) is preferably 50 to 100 mass %, more preferably 60 to 100 mass %, and even more preferably 75 to 100 mass %.

關於抗蝕劑組成物的詳細內容,將在後面進行敘述。Details of the resist composition will be described later.

作為抗蝕劑組成物的塗佈方法,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的塗佈方法。例如,可舉出滴加法(滴落塗佈);狹縫塗佈法;噴塗法;輥塗法;旋塗法;流延塗佈法;狹縫及旋轉法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨法(例如,按需噴塗方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴塗等噴出型印刷、柔性版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、反轉膠版印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用了模具等之轉印法等,旋塗法為較佳。又,關於利用旋塗法的塗佈,以1000~2000 rpm的轉速進行為較佳。又,關於利用旋塗法的塗佈,如日本特開平10-142603號公報、日本特開平11-302413號公報、日本特開2000-157922號公報中所記載那樣,為了鋪展為薄膜或者為了進行甩乾,可以在塗佈期間提高旋轉速度。又,還能夠較佳地使用“最先進彩色濾光片的製程技術和化學藥品(Chemicals)”2006年1月31日,CMC出版中所記載之旋塗製程。It does not specifically limit as a coating method of a resist composition, A well-known coating method can be used. For example, drop coating method (drop coating); slit coating method; spray coating method; roll coating method; spin coating method; casting coating method; slit and spin method; The method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); ink jet method (for example, drop-on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), jet printing such as nozzle spray, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing , reverse offset printing, metal mask printing and other printing methods; transfer methods using molds, etc., spin coating is preferred. Moreover, it is preferable to carry out at the rotation speed of 1000-2000 rpm about the application|coating by the spin coating method. In addition, as for coating by spin coating, as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-142603, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-302413, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-157922, for spreading into a thin film or for applying Spin dry to increase spin speed during coating. In addition, the spin coating process described in "Process Technology and Chemicals of the Most Advanced Color Filters" published by CMC on January 31, 2006 can also be preferably used.

可以在支撐體上塗佈抗蝕劑組成物之後,進行乾燥處理。乾燥條件能夠依據抗蝕劑組成物的種類來適當地調整。例如,乾燥溫度係80~150℃為較佳,80~140℃為更佳,80~130℃為進一步較佳。加熱時間係30~1000秒為較佳,60~800秒為更佳,60~600秒為進一步較佳。After coating the resist composition on the support, drying treatment may be performed. Drying conditions can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type of resist composition. For example, the drying temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.

接著,對圖案形成方法進行說明。作為圖案形成方法,並無特別限定,使用以往公知的光微影法進行為較佳。作為使用了光微影法之圖案形成方法,包含利用光化射線或放射線對在支撐體上形成之抗蝕劑膜進行曝光之步驟(曝光步驟)及使用顯影液對被曝光之抗蝕劑膜進行顯影之步驟(顯影步驟)為較佳。Next, a pattern forming method will be described. It does not specifically limit as a pattern formation method, It is preferable to use the conventionally well-known photolithography method. The pattern forming method using photolithography includes a step of exposing a resist film formed on a support with actinic rays or radiation (exposure step), and using a developer to expose the resist film to light It is preferable to carry out the step of developing (developing step).

曝光步驟為對抗蝕劑膜進行曝光之步驟,例如能夠藉由以下方法進行。 對如上所述那樣形成之抗蝕劑膜,通過既定的遮罩照射光化射線或放射線。另外,在電子束的照射中,通常不介隔遮罩而進行描繪(直描)。作為光化射線或放射線,並無特別限定,但是例如為KrF準分子雷射、ArF準分子雷射、極紫外線(EUV,Extreme Ultra Violet)、電子束(EB,Electron Beam)等,極紫外線或電子束尤為佳。曝光可以為液浸曝光。The exposure step is a step of exposing the resist film, and can be performed, for example, by the following method. The resist film formed as described above is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask. In addition, in the irradiation of electron beams, drawing (direct drawing) is generally performed without interposing a mask. The actinic ray or radiation is not particularly limited, but for example, KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV, Extreme Ultra Violet), electron beam (EB, Electron Beam), etc., extreme ultraviolet or Electron beams are particularly preferred. The exposure may be liquid immersion exposure.

在使用正型感光性組成物形成抗蝕劑膜之情形下,在曝光後,進行顯影之前進行烘烤(加熱)為較佳。藉由烘烤來促進曝光部的反應,靈敏度、圖案形狀變得更加良好。加熱溫度係80~150℃為較佳,80~140℃為更佳,80~130℃為進一步較佳。加熱時間係30~1000秒為較佳,60~800秒為更佳,60~600秒為進一步較佳。When forming a resist film using a positive-type photosensitive composition, it is preferable to bake (heat) after exposure and before developing. The reaction of the exposure part is accelerated by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern shape become more favorable. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, and even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.

顯影步驟為藉由顯影液對被曝光之抗蝕劑膜進行顯影之步驟。另外,在使用正型感光性組成物形成抗蝕劑膜之情形下,顯影並去除抗蝕劑膜的曝光部。另一方面,在使用負型感光性組成物形成抗蝕劑膜之情形下,顯影並去除抗蝕劑膜的未曝光部。The developing step is a step of developing the exposed resist film with a developing solution. In addition, in the case of forming a resist film using a positive-type photosensitive composition, the exposed portion of the resist film is developed and removed. On the other hand, in the case of forming a resist film using a negative photosensitive composition, the unexposed portion of the resist film is developed and removed.

作為顯影液,可舉出含有有機溶劑之顯影液(有機系顯影液)、包含鹼劑之水溶液(鹼顯影液)等。能夠依據抗蝕劑膜的種類來適當地選擇。As a developing solution, the developing solution (organic type developing solution) containing an organic solvent, the aqueous solution (alkali developing solution) containing an alkali agent, etc. are mentioned. It can be appropriately selected depending on the type of resist film.

作為有機系顯影液中所使用之有機溶劑,廣泛地使用各種有機溶劑,但是,例如能夠使用酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等溶劑。作為有機溶劑,選自包含烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑、含有氟原子及矽原子中之至少一者之有機溶劑之組群中之至少一種有機溶劑為較佳,烴系溶劑、酯系或酮系溶劑為較佳,酯系或酮系溶劑為更佳,就抑制對抗蝕劑膜的滲透之觀點而言,碳數5以上的烴系溶劑或碳數5以上的酮系溶劑為更佳,碳數7以上的烴系溶劑或碳數7以上的酮系溶劑尤為佳。另外,在本發明中,所謂酯系溶劑,係在分子內具有酯鍵之溶劑,所謂酮系溶劑,係在分子內具有酮基之溶劑,所謂醇系溶劑,係在分子內具有醇性羥基之溶劑,所謂醯胺系溶劑,係在分子內具有醯胺基之溶劑,所謂醚系溶劑,係在分子內具有醚鍵之溶劑。在該等中,還存在於1分子內具有複數種上述官能基之溶劑,但是在該情形下,亦相當於包含該溶劑所具有之官能基之任何溶劑種類。例如,二乙二醇單甲醚相當於上述分類中的醇系溶劑、醚系溶劑中的任一種。又,所謂烴系溶劑,係不具有取代基之烴系溶劑。作為酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑的具體例,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0021~0026的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the organic solvent used in the organic developer, various organic solvents are widely used, but, for example, solvents such as ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents can be used. . The organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon-based solvent, a ketone-based solvent, an ester-based solvent, an alcohol-based solvent, an amide-based solvent, an ether-based solvent, and an organic solvent containing at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. At least one organic solvent is preferred, hydrocarbon-based solvents, ester-based or ketone-based solvents are more preferred, ester-based or ketone-based solvents are more preferred, and from the viewpoint of suppressing penetration into the resist film, the number of carbon atoms is 5 or more. The hydrocarbon-based solvent or the ketone-based solvent with 5 or more carbon atoms is more preferable, and the hydrocarbon-based solvent with 7 or more carbon atoms or the ketone-based solvent with 7 or more carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Further, in the present invention, an ester-based solvent refers to a solvent having an ester bond in the molecule, a ketone-based solvent refers to a solvent having a ketone group in the molecule, and an alcohol-based solvent refers to a solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group in the molecule. The solvent, the so-called amide-based solvent, is a solvent having an amide group in the molecule, and the so-called ether-based solvent is a solvent having an ether bond in the molecule. Among these, there are also solvents having a plurality of the above-mentioned functional groups in one molecule, but in this case, it corresponds to any kind of solvent including the functional groups possessed by the solvent. For example, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether corresponds to either of the alcohol-based solvent and the ether-based solvent in the above classification. In addition, the so-called hydrocarbon-based solvent refers to a hydrocarbon-based solvent having no substituent. Specific examples of ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents can be referred to the descriptions in paragraphs 0021 to 0026 of International Publication No. WO2016/104565, which are described in incorporated into this manual.

上述有機溶劑可以混合複數種,可以與除上述以外的溶劑或水混合使用。但是,為了充分地發揮本發明的效果,作為顯影液整體的含水率小於10質量%為較佳,實質上不含水分為更佳。顯影液中的有機溶劑(在混合複數種之情形下為總計)的濃度較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為50~100質量%,進而較佳為85~100質量%,進而更佳為90~100質量%,特佳為95~100質量%。最佳為實質上只包含有機溶劑之情形。另外,所謂實質上只包含有機溶劑之情形,係包含含有微量的界面活性劑、抗氧化劑、穩定劑、消泡劑等之情形。The above-mentioned organic solvent may be mixed with a plurality of types, and may be used in combination with a solvent other than the above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effect of this invention, it is preferable that the water content of the whole developer is less than 10 mass %, and it is more preferable that it does not contain water substantially. The concentration of the organic solvent in the developer (in the case of mixing a plurality of kinds, the total amount) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 50 to 100% by mass, still more preferably 85 to 100% by mass, and still more preferably 90 to 100 mass %, particularly preferably 95 to 100 mass %. The most preferable is the case where only the organic solvent is contained substantially. In addition, the case where only an organic solvent is contained substantially means the case where a trace amount of surfactant, antioxidant, stabilizer, antifoaming agent, etc. are contained.

有機系顯影液含有抗氧化劑、鹼性化合物、界面活性劑亦較佳。作為抗氧化劑、鹼性化合物,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0047~0078的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用與後述抗蝕劑組成物能夠含有之界面活性劑相同者。It is also preferable that the organic developer contains an antioxidant, an alkaline compound, and a surfactant. As antioxidants and basic compounds, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0047 to 0078 of International Publication WO2016/104565, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. As the surfactant, the same surfactant as that which can be contained in the resist composition described later can be used.

作為鹼顯影液,能夠使用氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水等無機鹼類、乙胺、正丙胺等一級胺類、二乙胺、二正丁胺等二級胺類、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺等三級胺類、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等醇胺類、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、四戊基氫氧化銨、四己基氫氧化銨、四辛基氫氧化、乙基三甲基氫氧化銨、丁基三甲基氫氧化銨、甲基三戊基氫氧化銨、二丁基二戊基氫氧化銨等四烷基氫氧化銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、三甲基苯基氫氧化銨、三甲基苄基氫氧化銨、三乙基苄基氫氧化銨等四級銨鹽、吡咯、哌啶等環狀胺類等包含鹼劑之水溶液(鹼性水溶液)。鹼顯影液還能夠在上述鹼性水溶液中添加適量的醇類、界面活性劑來使用。鹼顯影液的鹼劑濃度係0.1~20質量%為較佳。鹼顯影液的pH係10.0~15.0為較佳。作為鹼顯影液,還能夠使用日本特開2014-048500號公報的段落號0460中所記載之鹼顯影液,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the alkaline developer, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia water, primary amines such as ethylamine and n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine and the like can be used. Secondary amines such as amine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, alcohol amines such as dimethylethanolamine and triethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylamine ammonium hydroxide, tetrabutyl ammonium hydroxide, tetrapentyl ammonium hydroxide, tetrahexyl ammonium hydroxide, tetraoctyl ammonium hydroxide, ethyl trimethyl ammonium hydroxide, butyl trimethyl ammonium hydroxide, methyl ammonium hydroxide Tetraalkyl ammonium hydroxide such as triamyl ammonium hydroxide, dibutyl dipentyl ammonium hydroxide, dimethyl bis(2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenyl ammonium hydroxide, trimethyl ammonium hydroxide Aqueous solutions (alkaline aqueous solutions) containing alkaline agents, such as quaternary ammonium salts such as methylbenzylammonium hydroxide and triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and piperidine. The alkaline developer can also be used by adding an appropriate amount of alcohols and surfactants to the above-mentioned alkaline aqueous solution. The alkaline agent concentration of the alkaline developer is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is preferably 10.0 to 15.0. As the alkaline developing solution, the alkaline developing solution described in paragraph No. 0460 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-048500 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated in this specification.

作為顯影方法,例如能夠應用:將支撐體在裝滿顯影液之槽中浸漬一定時間之方法(浸漬法);藉由利用表面張力使顯影液堆積在支撐體表面並靜止一定時間來進行顯影之方法(旋覆浸沒(puddle)法);在支撐體表面噴塗顯影液之方法(噴塗法);一邊在以恆定速度旋轉之支撐體上以恆定速度掃描顯影液噴出噴嘴,一邊持續噴出顯影液之方法(動態分配法)等。又,顯影後,可以實施一邊置換為其他溶劑,一邊停止顯影之步驟。顯影時間並無特別限制,通常為10~300秒,較佳為20~120秒。顯影液的溫度係0~50℃為較佳,15~35℃為更佳。As the developing method, for example, a method of immersing a support body in a tank filled with a developer solution for a certain period of time (dipping method); a method of developing by depositing the developer solution on the surface of the support body using surface tension and standing still for a certain period of time. Method (puddle method); method of spraying developer on the surface of the support (spraying method); while scanning the developer spray nozzle at a constant speed on the support rotating at a constant speed, while continuously spraying the developer. method (dynamic allocation method), etc. Moreover, after image development, you may implement the process of stopping image development, substituting with another solvent. The development time is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 to 300 seconds, preferably 20 to 120 seconds. The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.

在顯影步驟中,可以進行使用了有機系顯影液之顯影及使用了鹼顯影液之顯影這兩者(可以進行所謂的雙重顯影)。藉此,能夠形成更加微細的圖案。In the development step, both development using an organic developer and development using an alkali developer can be performed (so-called dual development can be performed). Thereby, a finer pattern can be formed.

在使用顯影液進行顯影之情形下,進行沖洗處理亦較佳。在使用鹼顯影液進行顯影之情形下,作為沖洗處理中的沖洗液,使用純水,還能夠添加適量的界面活性劑來使用。在使用有機系顯影液進行顯影之情形下,作為沖洗處理中的沖洗液,使用包含有機溶劑之沖洗液為較佳。作為沖洗液中所使用之有機溶劑,係選自包含烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑及醚系溶劑之組群中之至少一種有機溶劑為較佳。關於沖洗液中所使用之有機溶劑的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0081~0084的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。In the case of developing with a developing solution, it is also preferable to perform a rinsing treatment. When developing using an alkali developing solution, pure water can be used as the rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment, and an appropriate amount of surfactant can be added and used. In the case of developing with an organic developer, it is preferable to use a rinse containing an organic solvent as the rinse in the rinse treatment. As the organic solvent used in the rinsing solution, at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, ester-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, and ether-based solvents is preferred. . For details of the organic solvent used in the rinsing solution, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0081 to 0084 of International Publication WO2016/104565, which are incorporated in the present specification.

沖洗處理的方法並無特別限定,但是例如能夠應用:在以恆定速度進行旋轉之支撐體上持續噴出沖洗液之方法(旋轉噴出法);將支撐體在裝滿沖洗液之槽中浸漬一定時間之方法(浸漬法);及在支撐體表面噴塗沖洗液之方法(噴塗法)等。對沖洗時間並無特別限制,較佳為10秒~300秒,更佳為10秒~180秒,最佳為20秒~120秒。沖洗液的溫度係0~50℃為較佳,15~35℃為進一步較佳。The method of the rinsing treatment is not particularly limited, but for example, a method of continuously spraying the rinsing liquid on a support that rotates at a constant speed (rotary spray method); immersing the support in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time The method (dipping method); and the method of spraying the rinsing liquid on the surface of the support (spraying method), etc. The rinsing time is not particularly limited, preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 10 seconds to 180 seconds, and most preferably 20 seconds to 120 seconds. The temperature of the rinsing liquid is preferably 0 to 50°C, and further preferably 15 to 35°C.

又,在顯影處理或沖洗處理之後,能夠進行藉由超臨界流體去除附著於圖案上之顯影液或沖洗液之處理。而且,在顯影處理或沖洗處理或藉由超臨界流體進行之處理之後,為了去除殘留於圖案中之溶劑而能夠進行加熱處理。關於加熱溫度,只要可獲得良好的抗蝕劑圖案,則並無特別限定,通常為40~160℃。加熱溫度係50~150℃為較佳,50~110℃為最佳。關於加熱時間,只要可獲得良好的抗蝕劑圖案,則並無特別限定,但是通常為15~300秒,較佳為15~180秒。In addition, after the developing process or the rinsing process, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing solution adhering to the pattern by the supercritical fluid can be performed. Furthermore, after developing treatment or rinsing treatment or treatment with a supercritical fluid, heat treatment can be performed in order to remove the solvent remaining in the pattern. The heating temperature is not particularly limited as long as a favorable resist pattern can be obtained, but it is usually 40 to 160°C. The heating temperature is preferably 50 to 150°C, and most preferably 50 to 110°C. The heating time is not particularly limited as long as a favorable resist pattern can be obtained, but it is usually 15 to 300 seconds, preferably 15 to 180 seconds.

[離子植入] 接著,將如上所述那樣形成之抗蝕劑圖案2作為遮罩而對支撐體1進行離子植入(圖2)。藉此,在支撐體表面的來自抗蝕劑圖案的暴露部中導入雜質,從而在支撐體1形成光二極體部3。[Ion Implantation] Next, ion implantation is performed on the support 1 using the resist pattern 2 formed as described above as a mask ( FIG. 2 ). As a result, impurities are introduced into the exposed portions of the resist pattern on the surface of the support body, whereby the photodiode portion 3 is formed on the support body 1 .

在此,所謂離子植入,係將成為施體或受體之雜質進行離子化,加速注入到支撐體來導入雜質之方法。作為前述雜質,可舉出硼、鋁等p型雜質、磷、砷等n型雜質等,依據目的適當選擇為較佳。例如,在將n型半導體基板、形成有n型井之基板用作支撐體,並對該支撐體進行離子植入之情形下,選擇硼、鋁等p型雜質為較佳,硼為更佳。又,在將p型半導體基板、形成有p型井之基板用作支撐體,並對該支撐體進行離子植入之情形下,選擇鏻、砷等n型雜質為較佳。Here, the so-called ion implantation is a method of ionizing an impurity serving as a donor or an acceptor, accelerating the implantation into a support, and introducing the impurity. Examples of the above-mentioned impurities include p-type impurities such as boron and aluminum, and n-type impurities such as phosphorus and arsenic, and it is preferable to select them appropriately according to the purpose. For example, in the case of using an n-type semiconductor substrate or a substrate on which n-type wells are formed as a support, and performing ion implantation on the support, it is better to select p-type impurities such as boron and aluminum, and boron is more preferred . Furthermore, in the case where a p-type semiconductor substrate or a substrate in which a p-type well is formed is used as a support and ion implantation is performed on the support, n-type impurities such as phosphonium and arsenic are preferably selected.

作為離子植入條件,並無特別限定。例如,作為能量,係100~5000 KeV為較佳。上限係400 KeV以下為較佳,300 KeV以下為更佳,200 KeV以下為進一步較佳。下限係150 KeV以上為較佳,200 KeV以上為更佳,300 KeV以上為進一步較佳。作為摻雜量,係1×1012 ~1×1014 cm-2 為較佳。上限係8×1013 cm-2 以下為較佳,5×1013 cm-2 以下為更佳,3×1013 cm-2 以下為進一步較佳。下限係2×1012 cm-2 以上為較佳,3×1012 cm-2 以上為更佳,5×1012 cm-2 以上為進一步較佳。The ion implantation conditions are not particularly limited. For example, as the energy, 100 to 5000 KeV is preferable. The upper limit is preferably 400 KeV or less, more preferably 300 KeV or less, and even more preferably 200 KeV or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 KeV or more, more preferably 200 KeV or more, and still more preferably 300 KeV or more. The doping amount is preferably 1×10 12 to 1×10 14 cm -2 . The upper limit is preferably 8×10 13 cm -2 or less, more preferably 5×10 13 cm -2 or less, and even more preferably 3×10 13 cm -2 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2 × 10 12 cm -2 or more, more preferably 3 × 10 12 cm -2 or more, and even more preferably 5 × 10 12 cm -2 or more.

又,關於離子植入,可以階段性地降低能量來進行,亦可以階段性地增加能量來進行。在階段性地降低能量來進行離子植入之情形下,能夠期待能夠降低由抗蝕劑圖案受到損傷(damage)而引起的雜訊之效果。在階段性地增加能量來進行離子植入之情形下,能夠更深地植入離子,因此能夠期待能夠增加提取之訊號強度之效果。In addition, the ion implantation may be performed by decreasing the energy stepwise or increasing the energy step by step. When ion implantation is performed by reducing the energy stepwise, an effect of reducing noise caused by damage to the resist pattern can be expected. In the case of performing ion implantation by increasing the energy stepwise, ions can be implanted deeper, and thus the effect of increasing the strength of the extracted signal can be expected.

藉由該種步驟,可製造受光元件。在本發明中,進行離子植入之後,從支撐體剝離抗蝕劑圖案為較佳。作為抗蝕劑圖案的剝離方法,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,使用抗蝕劑去除液進行剝離為較佳。作為抗蝕劑去除液,能夠參閱日本特開2014-142635號公報的段落號0011~0043,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,在從支撐體剝離抗蝕劑圖案之前或從支撐體剝離抗蝕劑圖案之後,在支撐體表面形成絕緣膜亦較佳。作為絕緣膜的材質,可舉出SiO2 、ZrO2 等。又,在從支撐體剝離抗蝕劑圖案之後,還可以具有形成絕緣膜、控制電極、金屬配線層、源極電極、汲極電極等之步驟。Through such steps, a light-receiving element can be manufactured. In the present invention, after the ion implantation is performed, the resist pattern is preferably stripped from the support. It does not specifically limit as a lift-off method of a resist pattern, A well-known method can be used. For example, it is preferable to perform peeling using a resist removal liquid. As the resist removal solution, reference can be made to paragraphs 0011 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-142635, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. Moreover, it is also preferable to form an insulating film on the surface of the support before peeling off the resist pattern from the support or after peeling the resist pattern from the support. The material of the insulating film include SiO 2, ZrO 2 and the like. Further, after the resist pattern is peeled off from the support, a step of forming an insulating film, a control electrode, a metal wiring layer, a source electrode, a drain electrode, and the like may be further included.

(畫素形成) [形成畫素形成用組成物的層之步驟] 接著,對直到形成畫素為止之步驟進行說明。首先,在進行了如上所述那樣製造之受光元件的離子植入之區域上的至少一部分,形成濾光器的畫素形成用組成物的層。 另外,在本發明中,所謂濾光器,係指透射光之濾波器。作為濾光器所透射之光,並無特別限定,可舉出紫外線、可見光、紅外線等。本發明中的濾光器只要係透射入射光中的至少一部分波長的光者即可。亦即,本發明的濾光器可以為選擇性地透射或遮蔽入射光中的特定波長的光者,亦可以為幾乎完全透射入射光者。(Pixel Formation) [Steps of Forming the Layer of the Composition for Pixel Formation] Next, the steps until pixel formation will be described. First, at least a part of the region where the ion implantation of the light-receiving element manufactured as described above is performed is formed as a layer of the composition for forming a pixel of the optical filter. In addition, in the present invention, the term "optical filter" refers to a filter that transmits light. It does not specifically limit as light which a filter transmits, An ultraviolet-ray, a visible light, an infrared-ray etc. are mentioned. The filter in the present invention only needs to transmit light having a wavelength of at least a part of the incident light. That is, the optical filter of the present invention may be one that selectively transmits or shields light of a specific wavelength in the incident light, or one that transmits the incident light almost completely.

畫素形成用組成物的層能夠藉由將畫素形成用組成物應用於受光元件來形成。作為畫素形成用組成物,可舉出著色畫素形成用組成物、紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物、紅外線截止層的畫素形成用組成物等,係選自著色畫素形成用組成物及紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物中之至少一種為較佳。關於畫素形成用組成物的詳細內容,將在後面進行敘述。The layer of the composition for pixel formation can be formed by applying the composition for pixel formation to the light-receiving element. Examples of the composition for forming a pixel include a composition for forming a coloring pixel, a composition for forming a pixel for an infrared transmissive layer, a composition for forming a pixel for an infrared cut layer, and the like, which are selected from those for forming a coloring pixel. At least one of the composition and the composition for forming a pixel of the infrared transmitting layer is preferred. Details of the composition for forming a pixel will be described later.

畫素形成用組成物的層可以直接形成於受光元件上,但是亦可以在受光元件上形成基底層等其他層,並在該等層上形成畫素形成用組成物的層。又,可以藉由除本發明中規定之方法以外的方法(例如,藉由乾式蝕刻法進行圖案形成來形成畫素之方法、利用波長超過300 nm之光(例如,i射線等)進行曝光並進行顯影來形成畫素之方法等)預先在受光元件上形成畫素,並在該畫素上形成畫素形成用組成物的層。The layer of the composition for pixel formation may be directly formed on the light-receiving element, but other layers such as a base layer may be formed on the light-receiving element, and the layer of the composition for pixel formation may be formed on these layers. In addition, it is possible to use a method other than the method specified in the present invention (for example, a method of forming a pixel by patterning by a dry etching method, exposure with light having a wavelength exceeding 300 nm (for example, i-ray, etc.) A method of forming a pixel by developing, etc.), a pixel is formed on a light-receiving element in advance, and a layer of a composition for forming a pixel is formed on the pixel.

作為畫素形成用組成物的應用方法,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,可舉出:滴加法(滴落塗佈);狹縫塗佈法;噴塗法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗);流延塗佈法;狹縫及旋轉法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨法(例如,按需噴塗方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴塗等噴出型印刷、柔性版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、反轉膠版印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用了模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為基於噴墨法之適用方法,並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出《可推廣、使用之噴墨-專利中看到之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,S. B. RESEARCH CO., LTD.》所示之方法(尤其第115頁~第133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報、日本特開2006-169325號公報等中所記載之方法。As an application method of the composition for pixel formation, a known method can be used. For example, a drop coating method (drop coating); a slit coating method; a spray coating method; a roll coating method; a spin coating method (spin coating); a casting coating method; a slit and spin method; Wet method (for example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet method (for example, drop-on-demand method, piezoelectric method, thermal method), ejection-type printing such as nozzle spraying, flexographic printing, Various printing methods such as screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, and metal mask printing methods; transfer methods using molds, etc.; nanoimprinting methods, etc. The applicable method based on the inkjet method is not particularly limited. For example, "Inkjet that can be promoted and used - Infinite Possibilities Seen in Patents-", issued in February 2005, SB RESEARCH CO., LTD. " (particularly pages 115 to 133) or JP 2003-262716 A, JP 2003-185831 A, JP 2003-261827 A, JP 2012-126830 A The method described in the gazette, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2006-169325, and the like.

可以對應用畫素形成用組成物形成之畫素形成用組成物的層(以下,還稱為組成物層)進行乾燥(預烘烤)。在進行預烘烤之情形下,預烘烤溫度係150℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳,110℃以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為50℃以上,還能夠設為80℃以上。預烘烤時間係10秒~3000秒為較佳,40~2500秒為更佳,80~220秒為進一步較佳。預烘烤能夠使用加熱板、烘箱等來進行。The layer (hereinafter, also referred to as a composition layer) of the pixel formation composition to which the pixel formation composition is applied may be dried (pre-baking). In the case of pre-baking, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or higher, and can also be 80°C or higher. The pre-baking time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. The prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

[曝光步驟] 接著,對如上所述那樣形成之組成物層照射波長為300 nm以下的光並以圖案狀進行曝光。例如,對於組成物層,使用步進機等曝光裝置,並介隔具有既定的遮罩圖案之遮罩進行曝光,藉此能夠對組成物層進行圖案曝光。藉此,能夠使曝光部分硬化。 作為曝光時能夠使用之光,只要係波長為300 nm以下的光即可,較佳為波長180~300 nm的光。具體而言,可舉出KrF線(波長為248 nm)、ArF(波長為193 nm)等,從畫素形成用組成物中所包含之樹脂等的鍵難以斷裂等理由考慮,KrF線(波長為248 nm)為較佳。 曝光量例如係1~2000 mJ/cm2 為較佳。上限係1000 mJ/cm2 以下為較佳,就生產性的觀點而言,500 mJ/cm2 以下為更佳。下限係5 mJ/cm2 以上為較佳,10 mJ/cm2 以上為更佳,就畫素形成性或與基底的黏附性等的觀點而言,20 mJ/cm2 以上為進一步較佳。 關於曝光時的氧濃度,能夠適當地選擇,除了在大氣下進行以外,例如亦可以在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如,為15體積%、5體積%、實質上無氧)進行曝光,還可以在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧環境下(例如,為22體積%、30體積%、50體積%)下進行曝光。又,曝光照度能夠適當地設定,通常能夠從1000 W/m2 ~100000 W/m2 (例如,為5000 W/m2 、15000 W/m2 、35000 W/m2 )的範圍選擇。氧濃度和曝光照度可以適當地組合條件,例如能夠設為氧濃度為10體積%且照度為10000 W/m2 、氧濃度為35體積%且照度為20000 W/m2 等。[Exposure Step] Next, the composition layer formed as described above is irradiated with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less and exposed in a pattern. For example, the composition layer can be subjected to pattern exposure by using an exposure apparatus such as a stepper and exposing the composition layer through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened. The light that can be used during exposure may be light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less, and preferably light having a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm. Specifically, KrF line (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF (wavelength: 193 nm), etc. are mentioned, and KrF line (wavelength: 193 nm) is difficult to break because of the reason that the bond of resin or the like contained in the composition for forming a pixel is difficult to break. 248 nm) is better. The exposure amount is preferably 1 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 , for example. The upper limit is preferably 1000 mJ/cm 2 or less, and more preferably 500 mJ/cm 2 or less from the viewpoint of productivity. The lower limit is preferably 5 mJ/cm 2 or more, more preferably 10 mJ/cm 2 or more, and more preferably 20 mJ/cm 2 or more from the viewpoint of pixel formability and adhesion to a substrate. The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to performing in the atmosphere, for example, it may be performed in a low-oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration of 19 vol % or less (for example, 15 vol %, 5 vol %, substantially no oxygen concentration) Oxygen) for exposure, and exposure can also be performed under a high oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21 vol % (eg, 22 vol %, 30 vol %, 50 vol %). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1,000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (for example, 5,000 W/m 2 , 15,000 W/m 2 , and 35,000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance can be appropriately combined conditions, for example, oxygen concentration of 10 vol% and illuminance of 10000 W/m 2 , oxygen concentration of 35 vol % and illuminance of 20000 W/m 2 .

[形成畫素之步驟(顯影)] 接著,對曝光後的組成物層進行顯影。更具體而言,顯影去除曝光後的組成物層中的未曝光部的組成物層來形成畫素(圖案)。組成物層的顯影能夠使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光步驟中的未曝光部的組成物層溶出於顯影液,只有經光硬化之部分殘留於受光元件上。作為顯影液,不會對基底的受光元件等帶來損傷之鹼顯影液為較佳。顯影液的溫度例如係20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間係20~180秒為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可以反覆進行數次如下步驟:每隔60秒甩掉顯影液,進而重新供給顯影液。[Step (Development) of Pixel Formation] Next, the exposed composition layer is developed. More specifically, the composition layer of the unexposed portion in the exposed composition layer is removed by development to form a pixel (pattern). The development of the composition layer can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure step is dissolved in the developing solution, and only the photohardened part remains on the light-receiving element. As the developing solution, an alkali developing solution that does not damage the light-receiving element of the base and the like is preferable. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20 to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal property, the following steps may be repeated several times: the developer is thrown off every 60 seconds, and the developer is supplied again.

作為顯影液中所使用之鹼劑,例如可舉出氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二甘醇胺(diglycolamine)、二乙醇胺、羥胺、乙二胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、乙基三甲基氫氧化銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。關於鹼劑,從環境方面及安全方面考慮,分子量大的化合物為較佳。顯影液可較佳地使用利用純水稀釋該等鹼劑而得到之鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度係0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%為更佳。又,亦可以在顯影液使用界面活性劑。就方便移送或保管等的觀點而言,顯影液可以暫時製造成濃縮液,並稀釋為使用時所需之濃度。稀釋倍率並無特別限定,但是例如能夠設定為1.5~100倍的範圍。另外,在使用了包含該種鹼性水溶液之顯影液之情形下,顯影後利用純水進行清洗(沖洗)為較佳。Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developer include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, and tetramethylhydroxide Ammonium, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethylammonium hydroxide) base) ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene and other organic basic compounds, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate , sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate and other inorganic alkaline compounds. Regarding the alkali agent, a compound having a large molecular weight is preferable from the viewpoint of the environment and safety. As the developer, an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting these alkaline agents with pure water can be preferably used. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Moreover, a surfactant can also be used for a developer. From the viewpoint of convenient transportation, storage, etc., the developer can be temporarily prepared as a concentrated solution and diluted to a concentration required for use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, but can be set to, for example, a range of 1.5 to 100 times. In addition, in the case of using a developer containing such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development.

顯影後,還能夠在實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理、加熱處理(後烘烤)。追加曝光處理、後烘烤為用於使膜完全硬化之顯影後的處理。在進行追加曝光處理之情形下,作為曝光中所使用之光,g射線、h射線、i射線等為較佳,i射線為更佳。又,可以為將複數種該等組合而得到之光。作為光源,可舉出超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵素燈、雷射光源等。照度係500~100000 W/m2 為較佳。曝光量例如係500~10000 mJ/cm2 為較佳。又,在進行後烘烤之情形下,後烘烤溫度例如係50~240℃為較佳。就膜硬化的觀點而言,180~230℃為更佳。After image development, additional exposure treatment and heat treatment (post-baking) can be performed after drying. Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are treatments after development for completely curing the film. In the case of performing additional exposure processing, g-rays, h-rays, i-rays, etc. are preferable as light used for exposure, and i-rays are more preferable. Moreover, it may be light obtained by combining a plurality of these types. As a light source, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a laser light source, etc. are mentioned. The illuminance is preferably 500 to 100,000 W/m 2 . The exposure amount is preferably 500 to 10000 mJ/cm 2 , for example. In addition, in the case of performing post-baking, the post-baking temperature is preferably 50 to 240° C., for example. From a viewpoint of film hardening, 180-230 degreeC is more preferable.

作為所形成之畫素的膜厚,依據用途、濾光器的種類適當地選擇為較佳。例如,2.0 μm以下為較佳,1.0 μm以下為更佳,0.3~1.0 μm為進一步較佳。上限係0.8 μm以下為較佳,0.6 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。 又,在其為著色畫素之情形下,作為畫素的膜厚,1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.3~1.0 μm為更佳。上限係0.8 μm以下為較佳,0.6 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。 又,在其為紅外線透射層的畫素之情形下,作為畫素的膜厚,2.0 μm以下為較佳,0.3~2.0 μm為更佳。上限係1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.6 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。 又,在其為紅外線截止層的畫素之情形下,作為畫素的膜厚,2.0 μm以下為較佳,0.3~2.0 μm為更佳。上限係1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.6 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。The film thickness of the pixel to be formed is preferably selected as appropriate according to the application and the type of the filter. For example, 2.0 μm or less is preferable, 1.0 μm or less is more preferable, and 0.3 to 1.0 μm is still more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 0.8 μm or less, more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more. Moreover, when it is a coloring pixel, as a film thickness of a pixel, 1.0 micrometers or less is preferable, and 0.3-1.0 micrometers is more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 0.8 μm or less, more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more. Moreover, when it is a pixel of an infrared-transmitting layer, as a film thickness of a pixel, 2.0 micrometers or less is preferable, and 0.3-2.0 micrometers is more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more. Moreover, when it is a pixel of an infrared cut layer, as a film thickness of a pixel, 2.0 micrometers or less is preferable, and 0.3-2.0 micrometers is more preferable. The upper limit is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.6 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more.

又,作為所形成之畫素的尺寸(線寬),依據用途、濾光器的種類適當地選擇為較佳。例如,2.0 μm以下為較佳。上限係1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.9 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。 又,在其為著色畫素之情形下,作為畫素的尺寸(線寬),2.0 μm以下為較佳。上限係1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.9 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。 又,在其為紅外線透射層的畫素之情形下,作為畫素的尺寸(線寬),2.0 μm以下為較佳。上限係1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.9 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。 又,在其為紅外線截止層的畫素之情形下,作為畫素的尺寸(線寬),2.0 μm以下為較佳。上限係1.0 μm以下為較佳,0.9 μm以下為更佳。下限值係0.4 μm以上為較佳。In addition, it is preferable to appropriately select the size (line width) of the pixel to be formed in accordance with the application and the type of the filter. For example, 2.0 μm or less is preferable. The upper limit is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.9 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more. Moreover, when it is a coloring pixel, it is preferable that it is 2.0 micrometers or less as a size (line width) of a pixel. The upper limit is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.9 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more. Moreover, when it is a pixel of an infrared-transmitting layer, it is preferable that it is 2.0 micrometers or less as a size (line width) of a pixel. The upper limit is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.9 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more. Moreover, when it is a pixel of an infrared cut layer, it is preferable that it is 2.0 micrometers or less as a size (line width) of a pixel. The upper limit is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.9 μm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.4 μm or more.

在本發明的裝置具有複數種畫素之情形下,藉由上述步驟形成至少一種畫素即可。例如,可以在藉由乾式蝕刻法對第一種畫素進行圖案形成之後,藉由上述步驟製造第二種之後的畫素。又,關於複數種畫素中的至少一個,可以照射波長超過300 nm之光並以圖案狀進行曝光,並進行顯影來形成畫素。又,關於所有畫素,可以照射波長超過300 nm之光並以圖案狀進行曝光,並進行顯影來形成畫素。In the case where the device of the present invention has a plurality of pixels, at least one pixel can be formed by the above steps. For example, after patterning the first type of pixel by dry etching, the second and subsequent pixels can be manufactured by the above-mentioned steps. In addition, about at least one of a plurality of pixels, a light having a wavelength exceeding 300 nm can be irradiated, exposed in a pattern, and developed to form a pixel. In addition, about all the pixels, it is possible to irradiate light with a wavelength exceeding 300 nm, expose in a pattern, and develop the pixels to form the pixels.

作為藉由本發明製造之裝置,可舉出固態攝像元件等光感測器、圖像顯示裝置等。作為裝置的一實施形態,使用圖3進行說明。該裝置在受光元件110的攝像區域形成有紅外線截止濾波器111及紅外線透射濾波器114。又,在紅外線截止濾波器111上積層有彩色濾光片112。在彩色濾光片112及紅外線透射濾波器114的入射光hν側,配置有微透鏡115。又,以覆蓋微透鏡115之方式形成有平坦化層116。As the device manufactured by the present invention, a photosensor such as a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and the like can be mentioned. As an embodiment of the apparatus, a description will be given using FIG. 3 . In this device, an infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are formed in the imaging region of the light receiving element 110 . In addition, a color filter 112 is laminated on the infrared cut filter 111 . A microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hν side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114 . In addition, a planarization layer 116 is formed so as to cover the microlenses 115 .

紅外線截止濾波器111為具有紅外線截止層的畫素之濾波器。該紅外線截止層具有使可見光透射,且遮蔽紅外線的至少一部分之分光特性。關於紅外線截止層的分光特性,可依據紅外線透射濾波器114的分光特性適當地選擇。紅外線截止濾波器111係遮蔽在700~1300 nm的波長範圍的光的至少一部分之濾波器為較佳。又,紅外線截止濾波器111在400~700 nm的波長範圍的光的平均透射率係60~100%為較佳,70~100%為更佳,80~100%尤為佳。該波長區域中的平均透射率高為較佳。The infrared cut filter 111 is a filter for pixels having an infrared cut layer. The infrared cut-off layer has a spectral characteristic of transmitting visible light and shielding at least a part of infrared rays. The spectral characteristics of the infrared cutoff layer can be appropriately selected according to the spectral characteristics of the infrared transmission filter 114 . The infrared cut filter 111 is preferably a filter that shields at least a part of light in the wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm. Further, the average transmittance of the infrared cut filter 111 in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 60 to 100%, more preferably 70 to 100%, and particularly preferably 80 to 100%. It is preferable that the average transmittance in this wavelength region is high.

彩色濾光片112為具有著色畫素之濾波器。作為著色畫素,可舉出紅色畫素、藍色畫素、綠色畫素、青色畫素、洋紅色畫素、黃色畫素等。The color filter 112 is a filter with colored pixels. Examples of coloring pixels include red pixels, blue pixels, green pixels, cyan pixels, magenta pixels, yellow pixels, and the like.

紅外線透射濾波器114為具有紅外線透射層的畫素之濾波器。作為紅外線透射濾波器層的較佳的例子,例如可舉出具有以下(1)~(4)中的任一分光特性之濾波器層。 (1):厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且厚度方向上的光的透射率在800~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之濾波器層。依據該濾波器層,能夠遮蔽在400~640 nm的波長範圍的光,並使波長為720 nm的紅外線透射。 (2):厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~750 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且厚度方向上的光的透射率在900~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之濾波器層。依據該濾波器層,能夠遮蔽在400~750 nm的波長範圍的光,並使波長為850 nm的紅外線透射。 (3):厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~850 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且厚度方向上的光的透射率在1000~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之濾波器層。依據該濾波器層,能夠遮蔽在400~850 nm的波長範圍的光,並使波長為940 nm的紅外線透射。 (4):厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~950 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且厚度方向上的光的透射率在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之濾波器層。依據該濾波器層,能夠遮蔽在400~950 nm的波長範圍的光,並使波長為1040 nm的紅外線透射。The infrared transmission filter 114 is a filter of pixels having an infrared transmission layer. As a preferable example of an infrared-transmitting filter layer, the filter layer which has any one of the spectral characteristics in the following (1)-(4) is mentioned, for example. (1): The maximum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the thickness direction The minimum transmittance of the filter layer in the wavelength range of 800-1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). According to this filter layer, light in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm can be blocked, and infrared rays having a wavelength of 720 nm can be transmitted. (2): The maximum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the thickness direction The minimum transmittance of the filter layer in the wavelength range of 900-1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). According to this filter layer, light in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm can be blocked, and infrared rays having a wavelength of 850 nm can be transmitted. (3): The maximum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the thickness direction The minimum transmittance of the filter layer in the wavelength range of 1000-1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). According to this filter layer, light in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm can be blocked, and infrared rays having a wavelength of 940 nm can be transmitted. (4): The maximum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the light in the thickness direction The minimum transmittance of the filter layer in the wavelength range of 1100-1300 nm is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). According to this filter layer, light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm can be blocked, and infrared rays having a wavelength of 1040 nm can be transmitted.

另外,圖3中所示之裝置具有紅外線透射濾波器114、彩色濾光片112及紅外線截止濾波器111,但是還能夠設為未設置紅外線截止濾波器111之態樣、未設置彩色濾光片112和紅外線截止濾波器111之態樣、未設置紅外線透射濾波器114之態樣。In addition, the device shown in FIG. 3 has the infrared transmission filter 114, the color filter 112, and the infrared cut filter 111, but it can also be set to a state in which the infrared cut filter 111 is not provided, and the color filter is not provided. 112 and the infrared cut filter 111, and the infrared transmission filter 114 is not provided.

用於製作固態攝像元件等的光感測器之材料(亦包括蓋玻璃等之各種材料)係不產生α射線之材料為較佳。為了抑制由材料產生α射線,使用減低了材料中所包含之鈾、釷等放射性元素之高純度材料為較佳。鈾、釷的含量係5質量ppb以下為較佳,1質量ppb以下為較佳。雖然實質上不包含鈾、釷為較佳,但是從高純度化和成本的平衡考慮,亦可以在沒有產生軟性誤差之範圍內包含。又,用遮蔽α射線之材料包覆產生α射線之材料來使用亦較佳。It is preferable that the material (including various materials such as cover glass) used for the production of the light sensor of the solid-state imaging element and the like does not generate alpha rays. In order to suppress the generation of alpha rays from the material, it is preferable to use a high-purity material in which radioactive elements such as uranium and thorium contained in the material are reduced. The content of uranium and thorium is preferably 5 mass ppb or less, and preferably 1 mass ppb or less. Although it is preferable that uranium and thorium are not substantially contained, they may be contained within a range where no soft error occurs, considering the balance between high purity and cost. In addition, it is also preferable to use a material that shields the α-ray by covering the material that generates the α-ray.

<抗蝕劑組成物> 接著,對本發明的裝置的製造方法中所使用之抗蝕劑組成物進行說明。本發明的裝置的製造方法中所使用之抗蝕劑組成物可以為正型感光性組成物、負型感光性組成物中的任一者,但是從容易形成微細的圖案之理由考慮,正型感光性組成物為較佳。又,作為抗蝕劑組成物,包含藉由酸的作用進行分解,且相對於顯影液之溶解性發生變化之樹脂和光酸產生劑之組成物為較佳。該種抗蝕劑組成物能夠較佳地用作正型感光性組成物。<Resist composition> Next, the resist composition used for the manufacturing method of the apparatus of this invention is demonstrated. The resist composition used in the method for producing the device of the present invention may be either a positive-type photosensitive composition or a negative-type photosensitive composition, but the positive-type photosensitive composition is easy to form a fine pattern. A photosensitive composition is preferable. Moreover, as a resist composition, it is preferable to decompose|disassemble by the action of an acid, and the composition containing the resin and the photoacid generator whose solubility with respect to a developing solution changes. Such a resist composition can be preferably used as a positive-type photosensitive composition.

抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度係25質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,31質量%以上為進一步較佳,32質量%以上尤為佳。若抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度係25質量%以上,則藉由1次塗佈容易形成厚度為5 μm以上的抗蝕劑膜。尤其,在抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度為30質量%以上之情形下,容易形成圖案形狀良好的抗蝕劑圖案。抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度的上限係45質量%以下為較佳,42.5質量%以下為更佳,40質量%以下為進一步較佳。The solid content concentration of the resist composition is preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 31% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 32% by mass or more. When the solid content concentration of the resist composition is 25 mass % or more, a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more can be easily formed by one coating. In particular, when the solid content concentration of the resist composition is 30 mass % or more, it is easy to form a resist pattern with a favorable pattern shape. The upper limit of the solid content concentration of the resist composition is preferably 45% by mass or less, more preferably 42.5% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,抗蝕劑組成物在25℃下的黏度係30~1000 mPa・s為較佳,100~1000 mPa・s為更佳。上限係800 mPa・s以下為較佳,700 mPa・s以下為更佳,600 mPa・s以下為進一步較佳。下限係150 mPa・s以上為較佳,200 mPa・s以上為更佳,300 mPa・s以上為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of coatability, the viscosity of the resist composition at 25°C is preferably 30 to 1000 mPa・s, more preferably 100 to 1000 mPa・s. The upper limit is preferably 800 mPa・s or less, more preferably 700 mPa・s or less, and even more preferably 600 mPa・s or less. The lower limit is preferably 150 mPa・s or more, more preferably 200 mPa・s or more, and still more preferably 300 mPa・s or more.

抗蝕劑組成物含有具有重複單元之樹脂和光酸產生劑,該重複單元具有藉由酸的作用進行分解並產生極性基之基團,固體成分濃度係30質量%以上為較佳。以下,對抗蝕劑組成物中所使用之各成分進行說明。The resist composition contains a resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a photoacid generator, and the solid content concentration is preferably 30% by mass or more. Hereinafter, each component used in the resist composition will be described.

<<樹脂>> 抗蝕劑組成物含有樹脂為較佳。相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分中的樹脂的含量係95.0~99.9質量%為較佳,96.0~99.9質量%為更佳,97.0~99.9質量%為進一步較佳。<<Resin>> It is preferable that the resist composition contains resin. With respect to the total solid content of the resist composition, the content of the resin in the solid content of the resist composition is preferably 95.0 to 99.9 mass %, more preferably 96.0 to 99.9 mass %, and 97.0 to 99.9 mass % Further preferred.

抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂的大西參數係3.0以下為較佳,2.9以下為更佳,2.8以下為進一步較佳,2.7以下尤為佳。若抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂的大西參數為3.0以下,則容易製造相對於紅外線的S/N比高的紅外線受光元件。作為可獲得該種效果之理由,推測其原因在於:能夠形成容易進一步有效地遮蔽在離子植入時注入之離子之抗蝕劑膜。The Onishi parameter of the resin contained in the resist composition is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.9 or less, further preferably 2.8 or less, and particularly preferably 2.7 or less. When the Onishi parameter of the resin contained in the resist composition is 3.0 or less, it becomes easy to manufacture an infrared light receiving element with a high S/N ratio with respect to infrared rays. The reason why such an effect can be obtained is presumed to be that a resist film that can more effectively shield ions implanted at the time of ion implantation can be formed.

在抗蝕劑組成物包含兩種以上的樹脂之情形下,樹脂總量中的大西參數係3.0以下的樹脂(較佳為大西參數係2.8以下的樹脂,更佳為大西參數係2.7以下的樹脂)的含量係50~100質量%為較佳,60~100質量%為更佳,75~100質量%為進一步較佳。In the case where the resist composition contains two or more kinds of resins, the resin whose Onishi parameter is 3.0 or less in the total resin amount (preferably a resin whose Onishi parameter is 2.8 or less, more preferably a resin whose Onishi parameter is 2.7 or less) ) is preferably 50 to 100 mass %, more preferably 60 to 100 mass %, and even more preferably 75 to 100 mass %.

抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂包含具有重複單元之樹脂(以下,還稱為酸分解性樹脂)為較佳,該重複單元具有藉由酸的作用進行分解並產生極性基之基團(以下,還稱為“酸分解性基團”)。The resin contained in the resist composition preferably contains a resin having a repeating unit (hereinafter, also referred to as an acid-decomposable resin) having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and generates a polar group ( Hereinafter, also referred to as "acid-decomposable group").

作為酸分解性樹脂所具有之酸分解性基團,可舉出具有極性基被藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團(以下,還稱為脫離基)保護之結構之基團。作為極性基,可舉出酚性羥基、羧基、氟化醇基、磺酸基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷羰基)亞甲基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷羰基)亞甲基、雙(烷羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺基、三(烷羰基)亞甲基、三(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基等酸性基團(以往用作抗蝕劑的顯影液之、2.38質量%四甲基氫氧化銨水溶液中解離之基團)或醇性羥基等。作為較佳的極性基,可舉出羧基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)、磺酸基。The acid-decomposable group of the acid-decomposable resin includes a group having a structure in which a polar group is protected by a group (hereinafter, also referred to as a leaving group) from which a polar group is removed by the action of an acid. As the polar group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamido group, a sulfonimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl group) (alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkanesulfonyl group) can be mentioned. sulfonamido)(alkycarbonyl)imino, bis(alkcarbonyl)methylene, bis(alkcarbonyl)imido, bis(alkylsulfonamido)methylene, bis(alkylsulfonyl) Acid groups such as acyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene, tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene (2.38 mass % tetramethyl group in the developer used as resist in the past) The dissociated group in ammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) or alcoholic hydroxyl group, etc. Preferable polar groups include carboxyl groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), and sulfonic acid groups.

作為脫離基,例如能夠舉出由下述式(Y11)~(Y14)中的任一者表示之基團。 式(Y11):-C(Rx11 )(Rx12 )(Rx13 ) 式(Y12):-C(=O)OC(Rx11 )(Rx12 )(Rx13 ) 式(Y13):-C(R36 )(R37 )(OR38 ) 式(Y14):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)As a leaving group, the group represented by any one of following formula (Y11) - (Y14) is mentioned, for example. Formula (Y11): -C(Rx 11 )(Rx 12 )(Rx 13 ) Formula (Y12): -C(=O)OC(Rx 11 )(Rx 12 )(Rx 13 ) Formula (Y13): -C (R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 ) Formula (Y14): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)

式(Y11)、(Y12)中,Rx11 ~Rx13 各自獨立地表示烷基(直鏈或者支鏈)或環烷基(單環或者多環)。烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。在Rx11 ~Rx13 均為烷基(直鏈或者支鏈)之情形下,Rx11 ~Rx13 中至少2個係甲基為較佳。更佳為,Rx11 ~Rx13 各自獨立地係直鏈或支鏈的烷基,進而較佳為,Rx11 ~Rx13 各自獨立地係直鏈的烷基。Rx11 ~Rx13 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環。作為Rx11 ~Rx13 中的2個鍵結而形成之環,環戊基、環己基等單環的環烷基、降莰基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基、金剛烷基等多環的環烷基為較佳。碳數5~6的單環的環烷基尤為佳。又,關於上述環烷基,例如構成環之亞甲基中的1個可以被氧原子等雜原子或具有雜原子之基團(例如羰基等)取代。 關於由式(Y11)、(Y12)表示之基團,例如,Rx11 為甲基或乙基,Rx12 與Rx13 鍵結而形成上述環烷基之態樣為較佳。In formulae (Y11) and (Y12), Rx 11 to Rx 13 each independently represent an alkyl group (straight chain or branched chain) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4. When Rx 11 to Rx 13 are all alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 11 to Rx 13 are preferably methyl groups. More preferably, Rx 11 to Rx 13 are each independently a linear or branched alkyl group, and further preferably, Rx 11 to Rx 13 are each independently a linear alkyl group. Two of Rx 11 to Rx 13 may be bonded to form a ring. Monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups, norbornyl groups, tetracyclodecyl groups, tetracyclododecyl groups, and adamantyl groups as rings formed by two bonds of Rx 11 to Rx 13 Isopolycyclic cycloalkyl groups are preferred. A monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. In addition, regarding the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group, for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a hetero atom (eg, a carbonyl group and the like). For the groups represented by the formulae (Y11) and (Y12), for example, Rx 11 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 12 and Rx 13 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.

式(Y13)中,R36~R38各自獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基團。R37與R38可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為1價的有機基團,可舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。R36係氫原子亦較佳。 In formula (Y13), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As a monovalent organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, etc. are mentioned. R 36 is also preferably a hydrogen atom.

作為式(Y13),由下述式(Y3-1)表示之結構為更佳。 As the formula (Y13), the structure represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is more preferable.

Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0032-1
Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0032-1

L1及L2各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基或組合伸烷基和芳基而得到之基團。 L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group obtained by combining an alkylene group and an aryl group.

M表示單鍵或2價的連接基團。 M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.

Q表示烷基、可以包含雜原子之環烷基、可以包含雜原子之芳基、胺基、銨基、巰基、氰基或醛基。 Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group which may contain a heteroatom, an aryl group which may contain a heteroatom, an amine group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group or an aldehyde group.

L1及L2中至少1個係氫原子,至少1個係烷基、環烷基、芳基或組合伸烷基和芳基而得到之基團為較佳。 At least one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom, and at least one of them is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group obtained by combining an alkylene group and an aryl group.

Q、M、L1中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環(較佳為5員或者6員環)。 At least two of Q, M and L 1 may be bonded to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).

就圖案形狀的穩定性的觀點而言,L2係2級烷基或3級烷基為較佳,3級烷基為更佳。關於2級烷基,能夠舉出異丙基、環己基、降莰基,關於3級烷基,能夠舉出三級丁基、金剛烷基。 From the viewpoint of the stability of the pattern shape, L 2 is preferably a second-order alkyl group or a third-order alkyl group, and more preferably a third-order alkyl group. As the secondary alkyl group, isopropyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group can be mentioned, and as the tertiary alkyl group, tertiary butyl group and adamantyl group can be mentioned.

式(Y14)中,Ar表示芳香環基。Rn表示烷基、環烷基或芳基。Rn與Ar可以彼此鍵結而形成非芳香族環。Ar更佳為芳基。In formula (Y14), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl. Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.

作為具有酸分解性基團之重複單元,由下述通式(AIa)或(AII)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化2]

Figure 02_image003
As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AIa) or (AII) is preferable. [hua 2]
Figure 02_image003

式(AIa)中,Xa1 表示氫原子或烷基。T表示單鍵或2價的連接基團。Ya表示藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團。Ya係由前述式(Y11)~(Y14)中的任一者表示之基團為較佳。其中,在Ya係由式(Y11)表示之基團,且Rx11 、Rx12 及Rx13 中的2個鍵結而形成環之情形下,Rx11 、Rx12 及Rx13 的碳數的總計為11以上。In formula (AIa), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ya represents a group released by the action of an acid. Ya is preferably a group represented by any one of the aforementioned formulae (Y11) to (Y14). However, in the case where Ya is a group represented by the formula (Y11), and two of Rx 11 , Rx 12 and Rx 13 are bonded to form a ring, the sum of the carbon numbers of Rx 11 , Rx 12 and Rx 13 11 or more.

作為Xa1 所表示之烷基,例如可舉出甲基或由-CH2 -R11 表示之基團。R11 表示鹵原子(氟原子等)、羥基或1價的有機基團,例如可舉出碳數5以下的烷基、碳數5以下的醯基,較佳為碳數3以下的烷基,進而較佳為甲基。在一態樣中,Xa1 較佳為氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基或羥基甲基等。Examples of the alkyl group represented by Xa 1 include a methyl group or a group represented by -CH 2 -R 11 . R 11 represents a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms. , and more preferably methyl. In one aspect, Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or the like.

作為T所表示之2價的連接基團,可舉出伸烷基、-COO-Rt-、-O-Rt-等。式中,Rt表示伸烷基或伸環烷基。T係單鍵或-COO-Rt-為較佳。Rt係碳數1~5的伸烷基為較佳,-CH2 -、-(CH2 )2 -、-(CH2 )3 -為更佳。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by T include an alkylene group, -COO-Rt-, -O-Rt-, and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group. T series single bond or -COO-Rt- is preferable. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably -CH 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 2 -, and -(CH 2 ) 3 -.

式(AII)中,R61 、R62 及R63 各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。R62 可以與Ar6 鍵結而形成環,此時的R62 表示單鍵或伸烷基。 X6 表示單鍵、-COO-或-CONR64 -。R64 表示氫原子或烷基。 L6 表示單鍵或伸烷基,單鍵為較佳。 Ar6 表示(n+1)價的芳香環基,在與R62 鍵結而形成環之情形下,表示(n+2)價的芳香環基。Ar6 所表示之芳香環基係苯環基或萘環基為較佳,苯環基為更佳。 Y2 在n≥2之情形下各自獨立地表示藉由酸的作用脫離之基團或氫原子。其中,Y2 中的至少1個表示藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團。藉由作為Y2 的酸的作用而脫離之基團係由前述式(Y11)~(Y14)中的任一者表示之基團為較佳。其中,在Y2 為由式(Y12)表示之基團,且Rx11 、Rx12 及Rx13 中的2個鍵結而形成環之情形下,Rx11 、Rx12 及Rx13 的碳數的總計為11以上。 n表示1~4的整數。In formula (AII), R 61 , R 62 and R 63 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 62 may bond with Ar 6 to form a ring, and R 62 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group. X 6 represents a single bond, -COO- or -CONR 64 -. R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group, and a single bond is preferred. Ar 6 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group, and when it is bonded to R 62 to form a ring, it represents an (n+2)-valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group represented by Ar 6 is preferably a phenyl ring group or a naphthyl ring group, more preferably a phenyl ring group. In the case of n≧2, Y 2 each independently represents a group or a hydrogen atom detached by the action of an acid. However, at least one of Y 2 represents a group that is detached by the action of an acid. The group to be removed by the action of the acid as Y 2 is preferably a group represented by any one of the aforementioned formulae (Y11) to (Y14). However, in the case where Y 2 is a group represented by formula (Y12), and two of Rx 11 , Rx 12 and Rx 13 are bonded to form a ring, the number of carbon atoms of Rx 11 , Rx 12 and Rx 13 The total is 11 or more. n represents an integer of 1-4.

式(AIa)、式(AII)中的上述各基團可以具有取代基。作為取代基,例如可舉出烷基(碳數為1~4)、鹵原子、羥基、烷氧基(碳數為1~4)、羧基、烷氧基羰基(碳數為2~6)等。Each of the above-mentioned groups in formula (AIa) and formula (AII) may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms). Wait.

作為由式(AIa)表示之重複單元,較佳為酸分解性(甲基)丙烯酸3級烷基酯系重複單元(Xa1 表示氫原子或甲基,且T表示單鍵之重複單元)。The repeating unit represented by the formula (AIa) is preferably an acid-decomposable tertiary alkyl (meth)acrylate-based repeating unit (Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and T represents a repeating unit of a single bond).

關於具有酸分解性基團之重複單元,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0150~0159、0210~0224、日本特開2014-232309號公報的段落號0227~0233、0270~0272、日本特開2012-208447號公報的段落號0123~0131的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Regarding the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, reference can be made to Paragraph Nos. 0150 to 0159 and 0210 to 0224 of International Publication WO2016/104565, Paragraph Nos. 0227 to 0233, 0270 to 0272, The descriptions in paragraphs 0123 to 0131 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208447 are incorporated into the present specification.

酸分解性樹脂可以僅包含一種具有酸分解性基團之重複單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。相對於酸分解性樹脂中的所有重複單元,酸分解性樹脂中的具有酸分解性基團之重複單元的含量係5~90莫耳%為較佳。下限係10莫耳%以上為較佳,15莫耳%以上為更佳,20莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限係85莫耳%以下為更佳,80莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The acid-decomposable resin may contain only one type of repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, or may contain two or more types. The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group in the acid-decomposable resin is preferably 5 to 90 mol % with respect to all the repeating units in the acid-decomposable resin. The lower limit is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 15 mol % or more, and still more preferably 20 mol % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 85 mol % or less, and further more preferably 80 mol % or less.

酸分解性樹脂可以包含具有酸基之重複單元來作為除具有酸分解性基團之重複單元以外的重複單元。作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、磺醯亞胺基、雙磺醯亞胺基、酚性羥基等。所謂酚性羥基,係用羥基取代芳香環基的氫原子而成之基團。芳香環係單環或多環的芳香環,例如能夠舉出苯環、萘環、蒽環、茀環、菲環等可以具有碳數6~18的取代基之芳香族烴環或例如包含噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、苯并噻吩環、苯并呋喃環、苯并吡咯環、三𠯤環、咪唑環、苯并咪唑環、三唑環、噻二唑環、噻唑環等雜環之芳香族雜環。其中,就解析度的觀點而言,苯環、萘環為較佳,苯環為最佳。The acid-decomposable resin may contain a repeating unit having an acid group as a repeating unit other than the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonimidyl group, a sulfonimide group, a bissulfonimide group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and the like. A phenolic hydroxyl group is a group formed by substituting a hydroxyl group for a hydrogen atom of an aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic ring, such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a perylene ring, a phenanthrene ring, etc., an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent of 6 to 18 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing, for example, a thiophene. ring, furan ring, pyrrole ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, triazole ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, triazole ring, thiadiazole ring, thiazole ring and other heterocycles Aromatic heterocycle. Among them, from the viewpoint of resolution, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferable, and a benzene ring is the most preferable.

作為具有酸基之重複單元,具有酚性羥基之重複單元為較佳。作為具有酚性羥基之重複單元,由下述式(30)表示之重複單元為較佳。 As the repeating unit having an acid group, a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group is preferable. As a repeating unit which has a phenolic hydroxyl group, the repeating unit represented by following formula (30) is preferable.

Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0036-3
Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0036-3

式(30)中,R31、R32及R33各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。R33可以與Ar3鍵結而形成環,此時的R33表示伸烷基。X3表示單鍵或2價的連接基團。在Ar3表示(n3+1)價的芳香環基,且與R33鍵結而形成環之情形下,表示(n3+2)價的芳香環基。n3表示1~4的整數。 In formula (30), R 31 , R 32 and R 33 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 33 may be bonded to Ar 3 to form a ring, and R 33 in this case represents an alkylene group. X 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. When Ar 3 represents an (n3+1)-valent aromatic ring group and is bound to R 33 to form a ring, it represents an (n3+2)-valent aromatic ring group. n3 represents an integer from 1 to 4.

作為Ar3所表示之(n3+1)價的芳香環基,例如可舉出苯環基、萘環基、蒽環基等碳數6~18的芳香族烴基、噻吩環基、呋喃環基、吡咯環基、苯并噻吩環基、苯并呋喃環基、苯并吡咯環基、三

Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0036-5
環基、咪唑環基、苯并咪唑環基、三唑環基、噻二唑環基、噻唑環基等包含雜環之芳香環基。Ar3係苯環基為較佳。Ar3所表示之(n3+1)價的芳香環基還可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基等。 Examples of the (n3+1)-valent aromatic ring group represented by Ar 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracycline group, a thiophene ring group, and a furan ring group. , pyrrole ring group, benzothiophene ring group, benzofuran ring group, benzopyrrole ring group, three
Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0036-5
A ring group, an imidazole ring group, a benzimidazole ring group, a triazole ring group, a thiadiazole ring group, a thiazole ring group and the like are aromatic ring groups including heterocycles. Ar 3- series phenyl ring group is preferable. The (n3+1)-valent aromatic ring group represented by Ar 3 may have a substituent. As a substituent, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned.

作為X3所表示之2價的連接基團,可舉出-COO-或-CONR64-。R64表示氫原子或烷基。作為X3,單鍵、-COO-、-CONH-為較佳,單鍵、-COO-為更佳。The divalent linking group represented by X 3 includes -COO- or -CONR 64 -. R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. As X 3 , a single bond, -COO-, and -CONH- are preferable, and a single bond and -COO- are more preferable.

n3表示1~4的整數,表示1或2為較佳,表示1為更佳。n3 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.

關於具有酚性羥基之重複單元,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0131~0147、日本特開2014-232309號公報的段落號0177~0178的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。Regarding the repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group, reference can be made to the descriptions in paragraphs 0131 to 0147 of International Publication WO2016/104565 and paragraphs 0177 to 0178 of JP 2014-232309 A, which are incorporated into the present specification. .

酸分解性樹脂可以僅包含一種具有酸基之重複單元,亦可以包含兩種以上。相對於酸分解性樹脂中的所有重複單元,酸分解性樹脂中的具有酸基之重複單元的含量係5~90莫耳%為較佳。下限係10莫耳%以上為較佳,15莫耳%以上為更佳,20莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限係85莫耳%以下為更佳,80莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The acid-decomposable resin may contain only one type of repeating unit having an acid group, or may contain two or more types. The content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the acid-decomposable resin is preferably 5 to 90 mol % with respect to all the repeating units in the acid-decomposable resin. The lower limit is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 15 mol % or more, and still more preferably 20 mol % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 85 mol % or less, and further more preferably 80 mol % or less.

酸分解性樹脂還可以包含具有內酯結構或磺內酯(環狀磺酸酯)結構之重複單元來作為除具有酸分解性基團之重複單元以外的重複單元。關於內酯結構或磺內酯(環狀磺酸酯)結構之重複單元,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0161~0170的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。The acid-decomposable resin may further contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone (cyclic sulfonate) structure as a repeating unit other than the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. Regarding the repeating unit of the lactone structure or the sultone (cyclic sulfonate) structure, the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0161 to 0170 of International Publication WO2016/104565 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

酸分解性樹脂能夠包含含有具有極性基之有機基團之重複單元、尤其具有被極性基取代之脂環烴結構之重複單元來作為除具有酸分解性基團之重複單元以外的重複單元。藉由酸分解性樹脂包含該種重複單元,與支撐體的黏附性、顯影液親和性有所提高。作為極性基,羥基、氰基為較佳。作為脂環烴結構,金剛烷基、二金剛烷基、降莰烷基為較佳。關於含有具有極性基之有機基團之重複單元,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0172的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。The acid-decomposable resin can contain a repeating unit having an organic group having a polar group, particularly a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group, as a repeating unit other than the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. When the acid-decomposable resin contains such repeating units, the adhesion to the support and the affinity for the developer are improved. As the polar group, a hydroxyl group and a cyano group are preferable. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an adamantyl group, a diadamantyl group, and a norbornyl group are preferable. Regarding the repeating unit containing an organic group having a polar group, reference can be made to the description of paragraph No. 0172 of International Publication WO2016/104565, the content of which is incorporated in the present specification.

酸分解性樹脂能夠具有具備不具有極性基之環狀烴結構且不顯示酸分解性之重複單元來作為除具有酸分解性基團之重複單元以外的重複單元。作為該種重複單元,可舉出由式(IV)表示之重複單元。The acid-decomposable resin can have, as a repeating unit other than the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit which has a cyclic hydrocarbon structure without a polar group and does not exhibit acid-decomposability. As such a repeating unit, the repeating unit represented by formula (IV) is mentioned.

[化4]

Figure 02_image007
[hua 4]
Figure 02_image007

上述式(IV)中,R5 表示具有至少一個環狀結構且不具有極性基之烴基。Ra表示氫原子、烷基或-CH2 -O-Ra2 基。Ra2 表示氫原子、烷基或醯基。Ra2 係氫原子、甲基、羥基甲基、三氟甲基為較佳,氫原子、甲基尤為佳。In the above formula (IV), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and no polar group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group. Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. Ra 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom and a methyl group are particularly preferable.

在R5 所具有之環狀結構中,包含單環式烴基及多環式烴基。作為單環式烴基,例如可舉出環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基等碳數3~12的環烷基、環己烯基等碳數3~12的環稀基、苯基等。作為多環式烴基,可舉出環集合烴基、交聯環式烴基。作為環集合烴基的例子,可舉出雙環己基、全氫萘基、雙苯基、4-環己基苯基等。作為交聯環式烴基,例如可舉出蒎烷環基、莰烷環基、降蒎烷環基、降莰烷環基、雙環辛烷環基等2環式烴環基、高布雷烷(homobledane)環基、金剛烷環基、三環[5.2.1.02,6 ]癸烷環基、三環[4.3.1.12,5 ]十一烷環基等3環式烴環基、四環[4.4.0.12,5 .17,10 ]十二烷環基、全氫-1,4-亞甲基-5,8-亞甲基萘環基等4環式烴環基等。又,作為交聯環式烴基的例子,可舉出複數個5~8員環烷基環縮合而成之縮合環基等。The cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl, cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclohexenyl, Phenyl etc. As the polycyclic hydrocarbon group, a ring-assembled hydrocarbon group and a cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon group can be mentioned. As an example of a ring-assembled hydrocarbon group, a bicyclohexyl group, a perhydronaphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a 4-cyclohexylphenyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon group include bicyclic hydrocarbon ring groups such as pinane ring group, campane ring group, norbornane ring group, norbornane ring group, bicyclooctane ring group, homobreane ( homobledane) ring group, adamantane ring group, tricyclic hydrocarbon ring group such as tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane ring group, tricyclo[4.3.1.1 2,5 ]undecanyl ring group, tetracyclic [4.4.0.1 2,5 .1 7,10 ] Dodecane ring group, tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring group such as perhydro-1,4-methylene-5,8-methylenenaphthalene ring group, and the like. Moreover, as an example of a bridge|crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon group, the condensed ring group etc. which condensed a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkyl rings are mentioned.

該等環狀烴結構可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵原子、烷基、烷氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基等。These cyclic hydrocarbon structures may have substituents. As a substituent, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, etc. are mentioned.

在酸分解性樹脂含有具有不具備極性基之環狀烴結構且不顯示酸分解性之重複單元之情形下,作為其含量,相對於酸分解性樹脂中的所有重複單元係1~40莫耳%為較佳,更佳為2~20莫耳%。When the acid-decomposable resin contains a repeating unit having a cyclic hydrocarbon structure without a polar group and showing no acid-decomposability, the content thereof is 1 to 40 mol with respect to all the repeating units in the acid-decomposable resin % is better, more preferably 2-20 mol%.

作為酸分解性樹脂的具體例,例如可舉出下述結構的樹脂等。對各重複單元標記之數值為莫耳比。 [化5]

Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image010
As a specific example of an acid-decomposable resin, the resin etc. of the following structure are mentioned, for example. Values labeled for each repeating unit are molar ratios. [hua 5]
Figure 02_image009
Figure 02_image010

酸分解性樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為1,000~200,000,更佳為2,000~20,000,進而更佳為3,000~15,000,特佳為3,000~11,000。若重量平均分子量為1,000~200,000,則製膜性、顯影性優異。The weight average molecular weight of the acid-decomposable resin is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 20,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 15,000, and particularly preferably 3,000 to 11,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 1,000 to 200,000, it is excellent in film formability and developability.

酸分解性樹脂的分散度(分子量分佈)係1.0~3.0為較佳,1.0~2.6為更佳,1.0~2.0為進一步較佳。分子量分佈越小,解析度、抗蝕劑形狀越優異,且抗蝕劑圖案的側壁光滑。The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the acid-decomposable resin is preferably 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.0 to 2.6, and even more preferably 1.0 to 2.0. The smaller the molecular weight distribution, the better the resolution, the better the resist shape, and the smoother the sidewall of the resist pattern.

酸分解性樹脂的大西參數係3.0以下為較佳,2.9以下為更佳,2.8以下為進一步較佳,2.7以下尤為佳。下限例如係2.5以上為較佳。The Onishi parameter of the acid-decomposable resin is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.9 or less, more preferably 2.8 or less, and particularly preferably 2.7 or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 or more, for example.

相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,酸分解性樹脂的含量係30~99.9質量%為較佳。下限係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為更佳,95質量%以上為更加進一步較佳,96質量%以上為進一步更佳,97質量%以上尤為佳。酸分解性樹脂可以僅使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。It is preferable that content of an acid-decomposable resin is 30-99.9 mass % with respect to the total solid content of a resist composition. The lower limit is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, more preferably 90 mass % or more, even more preferably 95 mass % or more, further more preferably 96 mass % or more, particularly 97 mass % or more good. Only one type of acid-decomposable resin may be used, or two or more types may be used simultaneously.

又,抗蝕劑組成物中所包含之樹脂的總量中的酸分解性樹脂的含量係50~100質量%為較佳,60~100質量%為更佳,70~100質量%為進一步較佳,80~100質量%尤為佳。Moreover, the content of the acid-decomposable resin in the total amount of the resin contained in the resist composition is preferably 50 to 100 mass %, more preferably 60 to 100 mass %, and still more preferably 70 to 100 mass % Preferably, 80 to 100 mass % is particularly preferable.

抗蝕劑組成物可以含有疏水性樹脂來作為樹脂。疏水性樹脂以偏在於界面之方式設計為較佳,但是與界面活性劑不同,無需一定在分子內具有親水基,可以對均勻地混合極性/非極性物質不起作用。作為添加疏水性樹脂之效果,能夠舉出脫氣的抑制等。作為疏水性樹脂,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0336~0374的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。The resist composition may contain a hydrophobic resin as the resin. The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed in a way that is biased towards the interface, but unlike surfactants, it is not necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it does not work for uniformly mixing polar/nonpolar substances. As the effect of adding a hydrophobic resin, suppression of outgassing, etc. can be mentioned. As the hydrophobic resin, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0336 to 0374 of International Publication WO2016/104565, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

<<光酸產生劑>> 抗蝕劑組成物含有光酸產生劑為較佳。光酸產生劑可以為低分子化合物的形態,亦可以為嵌入到聚合物的一部分之形態,但是低分子化合物的形態為較佳。在光酸產生劑為低分子化合物的形態之情形下,分子量係3000以下為較佳,2000以下為更佳,1000以下為進一步較佳。<<Photoacid generator>> It is preferable that the resist composition contains a photoacid generator. The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be in a form embedded in a part of the polymer, but the form of a low molecular weight compound is preferable. When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.

作為光酸產生劑,並無特別限定,但是藉由光化射線或放射線,較佳為電子束或極紫外線的照射產生有機酸,例如磺酸、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺或三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物中的至少任意一個之化合物為較佳。能夠更佳地舉出由下述式(ZI)、(ZII)、(ZIII)表示之化合物,由式(ZI)表示之化合物為更佳。The photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but an organic acid such as sulfonic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide or A compound of at least any one of the tri(alkylsulfonyl)methylates is preferred. More preferably, the compounds represented by the following formulae (ZI), (ZII) and (ZIII) can be mentioned, and the compound represented by the formula (ZI) is more preferable.

[化6]

Figure 02_image011
[hua 6]
Figure 02_image011

在上述式(ZI)中,R201 、R202 及R203 各自獨立地表示有機基團。作為R201 、R202 及R203 所表示之有機基團,可舉出芳基、烷基、環烷基等。作為芳基,能夠舉出碳數6~14的芳基。作為烷基及環烷基,能夠較佳地舉出碳數1~10的直鏈或支鏈烷基、碳數3~10的環烷基。上述芳基、烷基、環烷基還可以舉具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出硝基、氟原子等鹵原子、羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(碳數1~15為較佳)、環烷基(碳數3~15為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~14為較佳)、烷氧基羰基(碳數2~7為較佳)、醯基(碳數2~12為較佳)、烷氧基羰氧基(碳數2~7為較佳)等,但是並不限定於該等。In the above formula (ZI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. An aryl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group etc. are mentioned as an organic group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 . As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms can be mentioned. As the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms can be preferably used. The above-mentioned aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkyl group (with a carbon number of 3 to 15). preferably), aryl (preferably carbon number 6-14), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably carbon number 2-7), acyl group (preferably carbon number 2-12), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 7 carbon atoms), etc., but not limited to these.

在式(ZI)中,R201 ~R203 中的2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,所形成之環結構可以在環內包含氧原子、硫原子、酯鍵、醯胺鍵、羰基。作為R201 ~R203 中的2個鍵結而形成之基團,能夠舉出伸烷基(例如,伸丁基(butylene)、伸戊基(pentylene))。In formula (ZI), two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbonyl group in the ring. As a group formed by two of R 201 to R 203 being bonded, an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group) can be mentioned.

在式(ZI)中,就藉由提高透光性來改善圖案形狀之觀點而言,陽離子部(S+ (R201 )(R202 )(R203 ))中所包含之芳香環的數量係2個以下為較佳,1個以下為更佳,不包含芳香環為進一步較佳。In formula (ZI), the number of aromatic rings contained in the cationic moiety (S + (R 201 )(R 202 )(R 203 )) is Two or less is preferable, one or less is more preferable, and it is more preferable not to contain an aromatic ring.

在式(ZI)中,Z- 表示非親核性陰離子(引起親核反應之能力顯著低的陰離子)。作為非親核性陰離子,例如可舉出磺酸陰離子(脂肪族磺酸陰離子、芳香族磺酸陰離子、樟腦磺酸陰離子等)、羧酸陰離子(脂肪族羧酸陰離子、芳香族羧酸陰離子、芳烷基羧酸陰離子等)、磺醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子等。In formula (ZI), Z - represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having a significantly low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction). Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphorsulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkylcarboxylate anion, etc.), sulfonimide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion, tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion, etc.

脂肪族磺酸陰離子及脂肪族羧酸陰離子中的脂肪族部位可以為烷基,亦可以為環烷基,可較佳地舉出碳數1~30的直鏈或支鏈的烷基及碳數3~30的環烷基。The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon 3-30 cycloalkyl groups.

作為芳香族磺酸陰離子及芳香族羧酸陰離子中的芳香族基,能夠較佳地舉出碳數6~14的芳基,例如苯基、甲苯基、萘基等。As the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylate anion, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, for example, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like can be preferably used.

在上述中舉出之烷基、環烷基及芳基可以具有取代基。作為該具體例,能夠舉出硝基、氟原子等鹵原子、羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(碳數1~15為較佳)、環烷基(碳數3~15為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~14為較佳)、烷氧基羰基(碳數2~7為較佳)、醯基(碳數2~12為較佳)、烷氧基羰氧基(碳數2~7為較佳)、烷硫基(碳數1~15為較佳)、烷基磺醯基(碳數1~15為較佳)、烷基亞胺基磺醯基(碳數1~15為較佳)、芳氧基磺醯基(碳數6~20為較佳)、烷基芳氧基磺醯基(碳數7~20為較佳)、環烷基芳氧基磺醯基(碳數10~20)、烷氧基烷氧基(碳數5~20)、環烷基烷氧基烷氧基(碳數8~20)等。關於各基團所具有之芳基及環結構,還能夠舉出烷基(碳數1~15為較佳)來作為取代基。The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples of this include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkyl group (with 3 to 15 carbon atoms). is preferred), aryl (preferably carbon number 6-14), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably carbon number 2-7), acyl group (preferably carbon number 2-12), alkoxycarbonyl Oxy group (preferably with carbon number 2-7), alkylthio group (preferably with carbon number 1-15), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably with carbon number 1-15), alkyliminosulfonyl group group (preferably with carbon number 1-15), aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably with carbon number 6-20), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably with carbon number 7-20), cycloalkane aryloxysulfonyl (carbon number 10-20), alkoxyalkoxy (carbon number 5-20), cycloalkylalkoxyalkoxy (carbon number 8-20) and the like. About the aryl group and ring structure which each group has, an alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-15) can also be mentioned as a substituent.

作為芳烷基羧酸陰離子中的芳烷基,能夠較佳地舉出碳數7~12的芳烷基、例如芐基、苯乙基、萘甲基、萘乙基、萘丁基等。Preferable examples of the aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylate anion include aralkyl groups having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example, benzyl, phenethyl, naphthylmethyl, naphthylethyl, and naphthylbutyl groups.

作為磺醯亞胺陰離子,例如能夠舉出糖精陰離子。As a sulfonimide anion, a saccharin anion can be mentioned, for example.

雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子中的烷基係碳數1~5的烷基為較佳。作為該等烷基的取代基,能夠舉出鹵原子、被鹵原子取代之烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基、環烷基芳氧基磺醯基等,氟原子或被氟原子取代之烷基為較佳。又,雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子中的烷基可以彼此鍵結而形成環結構。藉此,酸強度增加。In the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferred. Examples of the substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkoxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxy groups. A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred, such as a sulfonyl group. In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Thereby, the acid strength increases.

作為其他非親核性陰離子,例如能夠舉出氟化磷(例如,PF6 - )、氟化硼(例如,BF4 - )、氟化銻(例如,SbF6 - )等。As another non-nucleophilic anion, phosphorus fluoride (for example, PF 6 - ), boron fluoride (for example, BF 4 - ), antimony fluoride (for example, SbF 6 - ), etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為非親核性陰離子,磺酸的至少α位被氟原子取代之脂肪族磺酸陰離子、被氟原子或具有氟原子之基團取代之芳香族磺酸陰離子、烷基被氟原子取代之雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、烷基被氟原子取代之三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子為較佳。作為非親核性陰離子,更佳為全氟脂肪族磺酸陰離子(碳數4~8為進一步較佳)、具有氟原子之苯磺酸陰離子,進而更佳為九氟丁烷磺酸陰離子、全氟辛烷磺酸陰離子、五氟苯磺酸陰離子、3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯磺酸陰離子。As a non-nucleophilic anion, an aliphatic sulfonic acid anion in which at least the α-position of the sulfonic acid is substituted by a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion in which an alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion in which an alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom The (alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and the tri(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted by a fluorine atom are preferred. The non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid anion (more preferably with 4 to 8 carbon atoms), a benzenesulfonic acid anion having a fluorine atom, and more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid anion, Perfluorooctanesulfonic acid anion, pentafluorobenzenesulfonic acid anion, 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonic acid anion.

就酸強度的觀點而言,為了提高靈敏度,產生酸的pKa係-1以下為較佳。From the viewpoint of acid strength, in order to improve the sensitivity, it is preferable that the acid-generating pKa is -1 or less.

又,作為非親核性陰離子,還可舉出由以下式(AN1)表示之陰離子來作為較佳的態樣。Moreover, as a non-nucleophilic anion, the anion represented by following formula (AN1) can also be mentioned as a preferable aspect.

[化7]

Figure 02_image013
[hua 7]
Figure 02_image013

式中,Xf分別獨立地表示氟原子或被至少1個氟原子取代之烷基。R1 、R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或烷基,存在複數個時的R1 、R2 可以彼此相同,亦可以彼此不同。L表示2價的連接基團,存在複數個時的L可以相同,亦可以不同。A表示環狀的有機基團。x表示1~20的整數,y表示0~10的整數,z表示0~10的整數。In the formula, Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and when there are plural R 1 and R 2 , they may be the same or different from each other. L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are plural L, the same or different L may be sufficient. A represents a cyclic organic group. x represents an integer of 1 to 20, y represents an integer of 0 to 10, and z represents an integer of 0 to 10.

作為被Xf的氟原子取代之烷基中的烷基,碳數1~10為較佳,碳數1~4為更佳。作為Xf,較佳為氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基。作為Xf的具體例,可舉出氟原子、CF3 、C2 F5 、C3 F7 、C4 F9 、CH2 CF3 、CH2 CH2 CF3 、CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 C4 F9 、CH2 CH2 C4 F9 ,其中,氟原子、CF3 為較佳。雙方的Xf係氟原子尤為佳。As the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted by the fluorine atom of Xf, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms is more preferably 1 to 4. As Xf, a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specific examples of Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 , among which fluorine atom and CF 3 are preferable . Both Xf-based fluorine atoms are particularly preferred.

R1 、R2 的烷基可以具有取代基(較佳為氟原子),碳數1~4者為較佳。進而較佳為碳數1~4的全氟烷基。作為R1 、R2 ,較佳為氟原子或CF3The alkyl groups of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred. More preferably, it is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As R 1 and R 2 , a fluorine atom or CF 3 is preferable.

x係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳。y係0~4為較佳,0為更佳。z係0~5為較佳,0~3為更佳。x is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-5. y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0. The z series is preferably 0 to 5, more preferably 0 to 3.

作為L的2價的連接基團,並無特別限定,能夠舉出-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基或複數個該等基團連結而得到之連接基團等,總碳數為12以下的連接基團為較佳。其中,-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-為較佳,-COO-、-OCO-為更佳。The divalent linking group of L is not particularly limited, and examples include -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, and alkylene groups. , a cyclo-extended alkyl group, an alkenylene group, or a linking group obtained by connecting a plurality of these groups, etc., a linking group with a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred. Among them, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, and -O- are preferable, and -COO- and -OCO- are more preferable.

作為A的環狀的有機基團,只要係具有環狀結構之基團,則並無特別限定,可舉出包含脂肪族環、芳香族烴環、雜環(不僅包含具有芳香族性者,還包含不具有芳香族性之環)等之基團。作為脂肪族環,可以為單環,亦可以為多環,環戊基環、環己基環、環辛基環等單環的環烷基環、降莰基環、三環癸基環、四環癸基環、四環十二烷基環、金剛烷基環等多環的環烷基環為較佳。作為芳香族烴環,可舉出苯環、萘環、菲環、蒽環等。作為雜環,可舉出呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、二苯并呋喃環、二苯并噻吩環、吡啶環、哌啶環、十氫異喹啉環、內酯環等。The cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having a cyclic structure, and examples include aliphatic rings, aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and heterocycles (including not only those having aromatic properties, but Groups such as rings without aromaticity are also included. The aliphatic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring, a monocyclic cycloalkyl ring such as a cyclopentyl ring, a cyclohexyl ring, a cyclooctyl ring, a norbornyl ring, a tricyclodecyl ring, a tetracyclic ring, and the like. Polycyclic cycloalkyl rings such as cyclodecyl ring, tetracyclododecyl ring, and adamantyl ring are preferable. As an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the heterocycle include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a piperidine ring, a decahydroisoquinoline ring, an endocyclic ring. Ester rings, etc.

上述環狀的有機基團可以具有取代基,作為取代基,可舉出烷基(可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,碳數1~12為較佳)、環烷基(可以為單環、多環、螺環中的任一種,碳數3~20為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~14為較佳)、羥基、烷氧基、酯基、醯胺基、胺甲酸乙酯基、脲基、硫醚基、磺醯胺基、磺酸酯基等。另外,構成環狀的有機基團之碳(有助於環形成之碳)可以為羰基碳。The above-mentioned cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (can be any one of monocyclic, polycyclic and spirocyclic rings, preferably with 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably with 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl, alkoxy, ester, amide group, urethane group, urea group, thioether group, sulfonamido group, sulfonate group, etc. In addition, the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be carbonyl carbon.

關於式(AN1)的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0259的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。For details of the formula (AN1), reference can be made to the description of paragraph No. 0259 of International Publication WO2016/104565, which is incorporated in the present specification.

式(ZII)、(ZIII)中, R204 ~R207 各自獨立地表示芳基、烷基或環烷基。In formulae (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.

作為R204 ~R207 的芳基、烷基、環烷基,與作為前述化合物(ZI)中的R201 ~R203 的芳基、烷基、環烷基進行說明之芳基相同。 R204 ~R207 的芳基、烷基、環烷基可以具有取代基。作為該取代基,亦可舉出前述化合物(ZI)中的R201 ~R203 的芳基、烷基、環烷基可以具有者。The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 are the same as the aryl group described as the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI). The aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. As this substituent, those which may have an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the compound (ZI) may also be mentioned.

在式(ZII)、(ZIII)中,Z- 表示非親核性陰離子,能夠舉出與式(ZI)中的Z- 的非親核性陰離子相同者。In formula (ZII) and (ZIII), Z - represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z - in formula (ZI) can be mentioned.

就抑制藉由曝光產生之酸向非曝光部的擴散並改善解析度之觀點而言,光酸產生劑係藉由電子束或極紫外線的照射產生體積為130 Å3 以上的大小的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物為較佳,產生體積為190 Å3 以上的大小的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物為更佳,產生體積為270 Å3 以上的大小的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物為進一步較佳,產生體積為400 Å3 以上的大小的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物尤為佳。但是,就靈敏度、塗佈溶劑溶解性的觀點而言,上述體積係2000 Å3 以下為較佳,1500 Å3 以下為進一步較佳。上述體積的值使用FUJITSULIMITED製“WinMOPAC”來求出。亦即,首先,輸入各例之酸的化學結構,接著,將該結構作為初始結構並藉由利用了MM3法之分子力場計算,確定各酸的最穩定立體構形,之後,對該等最穩定立體構形進行利用了PM3法之分子軌道計算,藉此能夠計算各酸的“accessible volume”。1 Å為1×10-10 m。From the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated by exposure to the non-exposed portion and improving the resolution, the photoacid generator generates an acid with a volume of 130 Å 3 or more (more best sulfonic acid) is the preferred compound, to produce a volume of 190 Å 3 or more size acids (more preferably a sulfonic acid) is more preferably the compound, to produce a volume of 270 Å 3 or more acid size (more preferably A compound of sulfonic acid) is further preferred, and a compound that generates an acid (more preferably a sulfonic acid) having a volume of 400 Å 3 or more is particularly preferred. However, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and coating solvent solubility, the above-mentioned volume is preferably 2000 Å 3 or less, and more preferably 1500 Å 3 or less. The value of the said volume was calculated|required using "WinMOPAC" made by FUJITSULIMITED. That is, first, the chemical structure of the acid of each example is input, then, the structure is used as the initial structure and the most stable stereo configuration of each acid is determined by molecular force field calculation using the MM3 method. The most stable steric configuration is calculated by molecular orbital calculation using the PM3 method, whereby the "accessible volume" of each acid can be calculated. 1 Å is 1 × 10-10 m.

作為光酸產生劑,能夠引用日本特開2014-41328號公報的段落號0368~0377、日本特開2013-228681號公報的段落號0240~0262(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2015/004533號說明書的段落號0339),該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為較佳的具體例,可舉出以下化合物,但是並不限定於該等。As the photoacid generator, paragraphs 0368 to 0377 of JP 2014-41328 A and paragraphs 0240 to 0262 of JP 2013-228681 A (corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/004533) can be cited. paragraph number 0339 of the specification), which are incorporated into this specification. Moreover, as a preferable specific example, the following compounds are mentioned, but it is not limited to these.

[化8]

Figure 02_image015
[hua 8]
Figure 02_image015

光酸產生劑能夠單獨使用一種,或者組合使用兩種以上。相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,光酸產生劑的含量係0.1~30質量%為較佳,更佳為0.5~25質量%,進而較佳為3~20質量%,特佳為3~15質量%。A photoacid generator can be used individually by 1 type, or can be used in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the photoacid generator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 25% by mass, still more preferably 3 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resist composition. 3 to 15 mass %.

<<溶劑>> 抗蝕劑組成物包含溶劑為較佳。作為溶劑,包含滿足下述條件(a)~(c)之溶劑(還稱為“溶劑(S)”)為較佳。<<solvent>> It is preferable that the resist composition contains a solvent. As a solvent, it is preferable to contain a solvent (also referred to as "solvent (S)") satisfying the following conditions (a) to (c).

(a)A>-0.026*B+5 (b)0.9<A<2.5 (c)120<B<160(a) A>-0.026*B+5 (b) 0.9<A<2.5 (c) 120<B<160

上述A表示上述溶劑(S)的黏度(mPa・s),上述B表示上述溶劑(S)的沸點(℃)。 在上述溶劑(S)僅包含一種溶劑之情形下,上述A表示上述溶劑的黏度(mPa・s),上述B表示上述溶劑的沸點(℃)。 在上述溶劑(S)為包含兩種溶劑之混合溶劑之情形下,上述A由下述式(a1)算出,上述B由下述式(b1)算出。 A=μ1^ X1*μ2^ X2 (a1) B=T1*X1+T2*X2 (b1) μ1表示第一種溶劑的黏度(mPa・s),T1表示第一種溶劑的沸點(℃),X1表示第一種溶劑相對於混合溶劑的總質量的質量比率。 μ2表示第二種溶劑的黏度(mPa・s),T2表示第二種溶劑的沸點(℃),X2表示第二種溶劑相對於混合溶劑的總質量的質量比率。 在上述溶劑(S)為包含n種溶劑之混合溶劑之情形下,上述A由下述式(a2)算出,上述B由下述式(b2)算出。 A=μ1^ X1*μ2^ X2*……μn^ Xn (a2) B=T1*X1+T2*X2+……Tn*Xn (b2) μ1表示第一種溶劑的黏度(mPa・s),T1表示第一種溶劑的沸點(℃),X1表示第一種溶劑相對於混合溶劑的總質量的質量比率。 μ2表示第二種溶劑的黏度(mPa・s),T2表示第二種溶劑的沸點(℃),X2表示第二種溶劑相對於混合溶劑的總質量的質量比率。 μn表示第n種溶劑的黏度(mPa・s),Tn表示第n種溶劑的沸點(℃),Xn表示第n種溶劑相對於混合溶劑的總質量的質量比率。 n表示3以上的整數。The above-mentioned A represents the viscosity (mPa·s) of the above-mentioned solvent (S), and the above-mentioned B represents the boiling point (°C) of the above-mentioned solvent (S). When the above-mentioned solvent (S) contains only one solvent, the above-mentioned A represents the viscosity (mPa·s) of the above-mentioned solvent, and the above-mentioned B represents the boiling point (° C.) of the above-mentioned solvent. When the above-mentioned solvent (S) is a mixed solvent containing two kinds of solvents, the above-mentioned A is calculated from the following formula (a1), and the above-mentioned B is calculated from the following formula (b1). A=μ1 ^ X1*μ2 ^ X2 (a1) B=T1*X1+T2*X2 (b1) μ1 represents the viscosity of the first solvent (mPa・s), T1 represents the boiling point (°C) of the first solvent, X1 represents the mass ratio of the first solvent to the total mass of the mixed solvent. μ2 represents the viscosity (mPa・s) of the second solvent, T2 represents the boiling point (°C) of the second solvent, and X2 represents the mass ratio of the second solvent to the total mass of the mixed solvent. When the said solvent (S) is a mixed solvent containing n kinds of solvents, said A is calculated by following formula (a2), and said B is calculated by following formula (b2). A=μ1 ^ X1*μ2 ^ X2*…μn ^ Xn (a2) B=T1*X1+T2*X2+…Tn*Xn (b2) μ1 represents the viscosity of the first solvent (mPa・s), T1 represents the boiling point (° C.) of the first solvent, and X1 represents the mass ratio of the first solvent to the total mass of the mixed solvent. μ2 represents the viscosity (mPa・s) of the second solvent, T2 represents the boiling point (°C) of the second solvent, and X2 represents the mass ratio of the second solvent to the total mass of the mixed solvent. μn represents the viscosity (mPa・s) of the nth solvent, Tn represents the boiling point (°C) of the nth solvent, and Xn represents the mass ratio of the nth solvent to the total mass of the mixed solvent. n represents an integer of 3 or more.

上述黏度A(mPa・s)為常溫常壓(25℃/1atm)下的值。1 atm為1.013×105 Pa。又,上述沸點B(℃)為常壓(1 atm)下的值,且在使用兩種以上混合溶劑之情形下,不考慮由共沸引起之沸點變動的影響,僅遵照上述式(b1)或(b2)。The above-mentioned viscosity A (mPa・s) is a value at normal temperature and normal pressure (25°C/1atm). 1 atm is 1.013×10 5 Pa. In addition, the above-mentioned boiling point B (°C) is a value under normal pressure (1 atm), and in the case of using two or more mixed solvents, the influence of the boiling point fluctuation due to azeotropy is not considered, and only the above-mentioned formula (b1) is followed. or (b2).

另外,在式(a1)及(b1)中,為X1+X2=1。 在式(a2)及(b2)中,為X1+X2+……Xn=1。In addition, in formulas (a1) and (b1), X1+X2=1. In formulas (a2) and (b2), X1+X2+...Xn=1.

溶劑(S)的黏度A(mPa・s)滿足下述條件(b’)為較佳,滿足下述條件(b’’)為更佳。 (b’)1.0<A<2.0 (b’’’)1.0<A<1.5The viscosity A (mPa・s) of the solvent (S) preferably satisfies the following condition (b'), and more preferably satisfies the following condition (b''). (b') 1.0 < A < 2.0 (b''') 1.0 < A < 1.5

溶劑(S)的沸點B(℃)滿足下述條件(c’)為較佳,滿足下述條件(c’’)為更佳。 (c’)136<B<160 (c’’’)140<B<150The boiling point B (°C) of the solvent (S) preferably satisfies the following condition (c'), and more preferably satisfies the following condition (c''). (c') 136 < B < 160 (c''') 140 < B < 150

關於溶劑(S),只要係滿足上述條件(a)~(c)者,則並無特別限制,但是例如可舉出內酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醚系溶劑及芳香族系有機溶劑。溶劑(S)可以為僅一種溶劑,亦可以為兩種以上溶劑的混合溶劑。The solvent (S) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above-mentioned conditions (a) to (c), and examples thereof include lactone-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, ester-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, and ether-based solvents. Solvents and aromatic organic solvents. The solvent (S) may be only one solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more solvents.

作為內酯系溶劑,可舉出γ-丁內酯(GBL)等。 作為酮系溶劑,可舉出丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己酮(CyHx)、甲基正戊基酮、甲基異戊基酮、2-庚酮(MAK)等。 作為酯系溶劑,可舉出乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯(EL)、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯(nBA)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、甲氧基丙酸甲酯(MMP)、乙氧基丙酸乙酯(EEP)等。還可舉出乙二醇單乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙酸酯或二丙二醇單乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯等單甲醚、單乙醚、單丙醚、單丁醚等單烷基醚{例如,丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)等}或單苯醚。 作為醇系溶劑,可舉出4-甲基-2-戊醇(MIBC)、苄醇、3-甲氧丁醇等1價的醇、乙二醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇等多元醇。還可舉出上述多元醇的單甲醚、單乙醚、單丙醚、單丁醚等單烷基醚{例如,丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)等}或單苯醚。 作為醚系溶劑,可舉出如二噁烷的環式醚類、上述酯系溶劑及醇系溶劑中所記載之溶劑中包含醚鍵之溶劑。 作為芳香族系有機溶劑,可舉出苯甲醚、乙基苄基醚、甲基甲苯基醚、二苯基醚、二苄醚、苯乙醚、丁基苯基醚、乙苯、二乙苯、戊苯、異丙苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙基甲苯、均三甲苯等。As a lactone type solvent, γ-butyrolactone (GBL) etc. are mentioned. Examples of the ketone-based solvent include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone (CyHx), methyl n-amyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, 2-heptanone (MAK), and the like. Examples of the ester-based solvent include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate (EL), methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate (nBA), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, and methyl methoxypropionate. ester (MMP), ethyl ethoxypropionate (EEP), etc. Monomethyl ethers such as ethylene glycol monoacetate, diethylene glycol monoacetate, propylene glycol monoacetate, dipropylene glycol monoacetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, etc., Monoalkyl ethers such as diethyl ether, monopropyl ether, monobutyl ether {eg, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), etc.} or monophenyl ether. Examples of the alcohol-based solvent include monovalent alcohols such as 4-methyl-2-pentanol (MIBC), benzyl alcohol, and 3-methoxybutanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and dipropylene glycol. Polyol. Monoalkyl ethers such as monomethyl ether, monoethyl ether, monopropyl ether, and monobutyl ether (eg, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), etc.) and monophenyl ethers of the above-mentioned polyhydric alcohols may also be mentioned. Examples of the ether-based solvent include cyclic ethers such as dioxane, solvents described in the above-mentioned ester-based solvents, and alcohol-based solvents, which contain ether bonds. Examples of the aromatic organic solvent include anisole, ethylbenzyl ether, methyl cresyl ether, diphenyl ether, dibenzyl ether, phenethyl ether, butylphenyl ether, ethylbenzene, and diethylbenzene , pentylbenzene, cumene, toluene, xylene, cumene, mesitylene, etc.

關於溶劑(S),在上述溶劑中,包含醚系溶劑、酯系溶劑及酮系溶劑中的至少一種為較佳,包含丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、乳酸乙酯、乙氧基丙酸乙酯、環己酮及甲氧基丙酸甲酯中的至少一種為更佳,包含丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯及丙二醇單甲醚中的至少一種為進一步較佳。Regarding the solvent (S), among the above-mentioned solvents, it is preferable to include at least one of ether-based solvents, ester-based solvents, and ketone-based solvents, and includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate At least one of ethyl oxypropionate, cyclohexanone and methyl methoxypropionate is more preferred, and at least one of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether is further preferred.

關於使用兩種以上溶劑時的各溶劑的混合比率,以藉由上述式(a1)及式(a2)算出之A、以及藉由上述式(b1)及(b2)算出之B滿足上述條件(a)~(c)之方式進行調整為較佳。Regarding the mixing ratio of each solvent when two or more solvents are used, A calculated by the above formulae (a1) and (a2) and B calculated by the above formulae (b1) and (b2) satisfy the above conditions ( It is better to adjust in the way of a) to (c).

相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總質量,抗蝕劑組成物中的溶劑的含量係40~70質量%為較佳,45~70質量%為更佳,55~70質量%為進一步較佳。The content of the solvent in the resist composition is preferably 40 to 70 mass %, more preferably 45 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably 55 to 70 mass % with respect to the total mass of the resist composition.

<<酸擴散控制劑>> 抗蝕劑組成物含有酸擴散控制劑為較佳。酸擴散控制劑係作為捕獲曝光時由酸產生劑等產生之酸,並抑制由多餘的產生酸產生之未曝光部中的酸分解性樹脂的反應之猝滅劑發揮作用者。作為酸擴散控制劑,能夠使用鹼性化合物、具有氮原子且具有藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團之低分子化合物、藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而鹼性下降或消失之鹼性化合物或相對於酸產生劑成為相對弱酸之鎓鹽。<<Acid Diffusion Control Agent>> It is preferable that the resist composition contains an acid diffusion control agent. The acid diffusion control agent acts as a quencher that captures the acid generated by an acid generator or the like during exposure and suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed portion generated by the excess acid generation. As the acid diffusion control agent, a basic compound, a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and a group detached by the action of an acid, or a basic compound whose basicity decreases or disappears by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation can be used The compound or relative to the acid generator becomes an onium salt of a relatively weak acid.

作為鹼性化合物,能夠較佳地舉出具有由下述式(A)~(E)表示之結構之化合物。As a basic compound, the compound which has a structure represented by following formula (A) - (E) can be mentioned preferably.

[化9]

Figure 02_image017
[Chemical 9]
Figure 02_image017

在式(A)及(E)中,R200 、R201 及R202 可以相同,亦可以不同,且表示氫原子、烷基(碳數1~20為較佳)、環烷基(碳數3~20為較佳)或芳基(碳數6~20為較佳),在此,R201 與R202 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。R203 、R204 、R205 及R206 可以相同,亦可以不同,且表示碳數1~20個的烷基。In formulae (A) and (E), R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably with 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (with a carbon number of 1 to 20) 3 to 20 are preferred) or an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20), where R 201 and R 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different, and represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

關於上述烷基,作為具有取代基之烷基,碳數1~20的胺基烷基、碳數1~20的羥基烷基或碳數1~20的氰基烷基為較佳。 該等通式(A)及(E)中的烷基未經取代為更佳。As the alkyl group having a substituent, the above-mentioned alkyl group is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that the alkyl groups in the general formulae (A) and (E) are unsubstituted.

作為較佳的化合物,能夠舉出胍、胺基吡咯啶、吡唑、吡唑啉、哌嗪、胺基嗎啉、胺基烷基嗎啉、哌啶等,作為進而較佳的化合物,能夠舉出具有咪唑結構、二氮雜雙環結構、鎓氫氧化物(onium hydroxide)結構、羧酸鎓鹽結構、三烷基胺結構、苯胺結構或吡啶結構之化合物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物等。作為較佳的化合物的具體例,能夠舉出US2012/0219913號公報的段落號0379中所例示之化合物。Preferable compounds include guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholine, piperidine and the like, and further preferable compounds include Compounds with imidazole structure, diazabicyclic structure, onium hydroxide structure, onium carboxylate structure, trialkylamine structure, aniline structure or pyridine structure, compounds with hydroxyl and/or ether bond are exemplified. Alkylamine derivatives, aniline derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds, etc. Specific examples of preferable compounds include compounds exemplified in paragraph No. 0379 of US2012/0219913.

又,鹼性化合物能夠較佳地使用具有苯氧基之胺化合物、具有苯氧基之銨鹽化合物、具有磺酸酯基之胺化合物及具有磺酸酯基之銨鹽化合物。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0307~0311,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, as the basic compound, an amine compound having a phenoxy group, an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group, an amine compound having a sulfonate group, and an ammonium salt compound having a sulfonate group can be preferably used. For details of these, reference can be made to Paragraph Nos. 0307 to 0311 of International Publication WO2016/104565, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

在抗蝕劑組成物含有鹼性化合物之情形下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,鹼性化合物的含量係0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳。又,光酸產生劑(在具有複數種之情形下為其總計)和鹼性化合物在抗蝕劑組成物中的比例以莫耳比計為光酸產生劑/鹼性化合物=2.5~300為較佳。從靈敏度、解析度的方面考慮,前述莫耳比係2.5以上為較佳,從抑制曝光後至加熱處理為止的因抗蝕劑圖案經時性變粗而引起之解析度下降的方面考慮,300以下為較佳。前述莫耳比更佳為5.0~200,進而較佳為7.0~150。When the resist composition contains a basic compound, the content of the basic compound is preferably 0.001 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.01 to 5 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resist composition. In addition, the ratio of the photoacid generator (in the case of having a plurality of types, the total amount) and the basic compound in the resist composition is in molar ratio: photoacid generator/basic compound=2.5 to 300: better. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more, and from the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in resolution due to the time-dependent thickening of the resist pattern after exposure to heat treatment, 300 The following are preferred. The aforementioned molar ratio is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and still more preferably 7.0 to 150.

具有氮原子且具有藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團之低分子化合物(以下,還稱為“化合物(D-1)”。)係在氮原子上具有藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團之胺衍生物為較佳。作為藉由酸的作用而脫離之基團,縮醛基、碳酸酯基、胺甲酸酯基、3級酯基、3級羥基、半胺縮醛醚基為較佳,胺甲酸酯基、半胺縮醛醚基尤為佳。化合物(D-1)的分子量係100~1000為較佳,100~700為更佳,100~500尤為佳。A low-molecular-weight compound (hereinafter, also referred to as "compound (D-1)") having a nitrogen atom and a group removed by the action of an acid has a group removed by the action of an acid on the nitrogen atom Amine derivatives of the group are preferred. As a group to be removed by the action of an acid, an acetal group, a carbonate group, a urethane group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, and a hemiamine acetal ether group are preferable, and a urethane group is preferable. , Hemiamine acetal ether group is particularly preferred. The molecular weight of the compound (D-1) is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and particularly preferably 100 to 500.

化合物(D-1)可以具有在氮原子上具有保護基之胺甲酸酯基。作為構成胺甲酸酯基之保護基,能夠由下述式(d-1)表示。The compound (D-1) may have a urethane group having a protective group on the nitrogen atom. The protective group constituting the urethane group can be represented by the following formula (d-1).

[化10]

Figure 02_image019
[Chemical 10]
Figure 02_image019

在式(d-1)中,Rb各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基(碳數1~10為較佳)、環烷基(碳數3~30為較佳)、芳基(碳數3~30為較佳)、芳烷基(碳數1~10為較佳)或烷氧基烷基(碳數1~10為較佳)。Rb可以相互連結而形成環。In formula (d-1), Rb each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 30 carbon atoms), and an aryl group (preferably having 3 carbon atoms). ~30 is preferred), aralkyl (preferably carbon number 1-10) or alkoxyalkyl (carbon number 1-10 is preferred). Rb may be linked to each other to form a ring.

Rb所表示之烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基可以被羥基、氰基、胺基、吡咯烷基、哌啶基、嗎啉基、氧代基等官能基、烷氧基、鹵原子取代。關於Rb所表示之烷氧基烷基亦相同。作為Rb,較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、環烷基、芳基。更佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基、環烷基。作為2個Rb相互連結而形成之環,可舉出脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基、雜環式烴基或者其衍生物等。作為由式(d-1)表示之基團的具體結構,能夠舉出US2012/0135348公報的段落號0466中所揭示之結構,該內容被編入本說明書中。The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by Rb can be replaced by functional groups such as hydroxyl, cyano, amino, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, oxo, alkoxy, halogen atom substitution. The same applies to the alkoxyalkyl group represented by Rb. As Rb, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group are preferable. More preferably, a linear or branched alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group are used. As a ring formed by connecting two Rbs to each other, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic hydrocarbon group or a derivative thereof, etc. can be mentioned. As a specific structure of the group represented by formula (d-1), the structure disclosed in the paragraph No. 0466 of US2012/0135348 gazette can be mentioned, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

化合物(D-1)係具有由下述式(6)表示之結構之化合物為較佳。The compound (D-1) is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (6).

[化11]

Figure 02_image021
[Chemical 11]
Figure 02_image021

在式(6)中,Ra表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基或芳烷基。當l為2時,2個Ra可以相同,亦可以不同,2個Ra還可以相互連結而與式中的氮原子一同形成雜環。在雜環中可以含有除式中的氮原子以外的雜原子。 Rb與上述式(d-1)中的Rb含義相同,較佳的例亦相同。 l表示0~2的整數,m表示1~3的整數,滿足l+m=3。 在式(6)中,作為Ra的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基可以被與作為如下基團之前述基團相同的基團取代,該基團係可以取代作為Rb的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基之基團。In formula (6), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. When l is 2, the two Ras may be the same or different, and the two Ras may be linked to each other to form a heterocycle together with the nitrogen atom in the formula. A heteroatom other than the nitrogen atom in the formula may be contained in the heterocyclic ring. Rb has the same meaning as Rb in the above formula (d-1), and the preferred examples are also the same. l represents an integer from 0 to 2, and m represents an integer from 1 to 3, satisfying l+m=3. In formula (6), the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group as Ra may be substituted with the same groups as the aforementioned groups as the group which may be substituted for the alkane as Rb group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group.

作為化合物(D-1)的具體例,可舉出US2012/0135348號公報的段落號0475中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the compound (D-1) include the compounds described in paragraph No. 0475 of US2012/0135348, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

由式(6)表示之化合物能夠依據日本特開2007-298569號公報、日本特開2009-199021號公報等進行合成。The compound represented by the formula (6) can be synthesized in accordance with JP 2007-298569 A, JP 2009-199021 A, and the like.

在抗蝕劑組成物含有化合物(D-1)之情形下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,化合物(D-1)的含量係0.001~20質量%為較佳,0.001~10質量%為更佳,0.01~5質量%為進一步較佳。When the resist composition contains the compound (D-1), the content of the compound (D-1) is preferably 0.001 to 20 mass %, preferably 0.001 to 10, with respect to the total solid content of the resist composition. The mass % is more preferable, and 0.01 to 5 mass % is further preferable.

作為藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而鹼性下降或消失之鹼性化合物(以下,還稱為“化合物(PA)”。),可舉出具有質子受體性官能基,且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射進行分解而質子受體性下降、消失或從質子受體性變化為酸性之化合物。Examples of basic compounds (hereinafter, also referred to as "compounds (PA)") whose basicity is reduced or disappeared by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include proton-accepting functional groups and are irradiated by light. A compound whose proton-accepting property decreases or disappears or changes from proton-accepting property to acidity due to decomposition by irradiation with chemical rays or radiation.

所謂質子受體性官能基,係具有能夠與質子以靜電的方式進行相互作用之基團或者電子之官能基,例如係指具有環狀聚醚等的大環結構之官能基、或含有具有對π共軛不起作用之非共用電子對之氮原子之官能基。所謂具有對π共軛不起作用之非共用電子對之氮原子,例如係具有下述式所示之部分結構之氮原子。The so-called proton acceptor functional group refers to a functional group having a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton or an electron, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a functional group having a The functional group of the nitrogen atom of the non-shared electron pair in which π-conjugation does not work. The nitrogen atom having a non-shared electron pair that does not contribute to π-conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.

[化12]

Figure 02_image023
[Chemical 12]
Figure 02_image023

作為質子受體性官能基的較佳的部分結構,例如能夠舉出冠醚、氮雜冠醚、1級胺~3級胺、吡啶、咪唑、吡嗪結構等。As a preferable partial structure of a proton-accepting functional group, crown ether, azacrown ether, a primary-tertiary amine, a pyridine, an imidazole, a pyrazine structure etc. are mentioned, for example.

化合物(PA)產生藉由光化射線或放射線的照射進行分解而質子受體性下降、消失或從質子受體性變化為酸性之化合物。在此,所謂質子受體性的下降、消失或從質子受體性向酸性的變化,係指由質子加成在質子受體性官能基而引起之質子受體性的變化,具體而言,係指當由具有質子受體性官能基之化合物(PA)和質子生成質子加成物時,其化學平衡中的平衡常數減少。質子受體性能夠藉由進行pH測量來確認。關於化合物(PA),能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/104565號公報的段落號0312~0320的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。The compound (PA) produces a compound whose proton accepting property is decomposed by irradiation with actinic ray or radiation, and disappears or changes from proton accepting property to acidity. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton-accepting property or the change from the proton-accepting property to the acidity refers to the change of the proton-accepting property caused by the addition of a proton to the proton-accepting functional group, and specifically, the Refers to the reduction of the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (PA) with a proton acceptor functional group and a proton. The proton acceptor property can be confirmed by performing pH measurement. Regarding the compound (PA), reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0312 to 0320 of International Publication WO2016/104565, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

在抗蝕劑組成物含有化合物(PA)之情形下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,化合物(PA)的含量係0.1~10質量%為較佳,1~8質量%為更佳。化合物(PA)可以單獨使用一種,亦可以組合使用兩種以上。When the resist composition contains the compound (PA), the content of the compound (PA) is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass %, more preferably 1 to 8 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the resist composition. good. The compound (PA) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在抗蝕劑組成物中,能夠將相對於光酸產生劑成為相對弱酸之鎓鹽用作酸擴散控制劑。在混合使用光酸產生劑和產生相對於由光酸產生劑產生之酸為相對弱酸(較佳為pKa超過-1之弱酸)之酸之鎓鹽之情形下,若藉由光化射線性或放射線的照射而由光酸產生劑產生之酸與具有未反應的弱酸陰離子鎓鹽碰撞,則藉由鹽交換釋放弱酸而生成具有強酸陰離子之鎓鹽。在該過程中強酸被交換成催化性能更低的弱酸,因此在外觀上酸失活而能夠控制酸擴散。關於該等化合物,能夠參閱日本特開2012-242799號公報的段落號0191~0210、日本特開2013-6827號公報的段落號0037~0039、日本特開2013-8020號公報的段落號0027~0029、日本特開2012-189977號公報的段落號0012~0013、日本特開2012-252124號公報的段落號0029~0031的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。In the resist composition, an onium salt which is a relatively weak acid relative to the photoacid generator can be used as the acid diffusion control agent. In the case where a photoacid generator is used in combination with an onium salt that generates an acid that is relatively weak (preferably a weak acid with a pKa exceeding -1) relative to the acid generated by the photoacid generator, if the acid is generated by actinic radiation or When the acid generated by the photoacid generator collides with an onium salt having an unreacted weak acid anion upon irradiation with radiation, the weak acid is released by salt exchange to generate an onium salt having a strong acid anion. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged for a weaker acid with lower catalytic performance, so the acid is deactivated in appearance and can control acid diffusion. Regarding these compounds, reference can be made to paragraphs 0191 to 0210 of JP 2012-242799 A, paragraphs 0037 to 0039 of JP 2013-6827 A, and paragraphs 0027 to 0027 to JP 2013-8020 A 0029, paragraphs 0012 to 0013 of JP 2012-189977 A, and paragraphs 0029 to 0031 of JP 2012-252124 A, these contents are incorporated into this specification.

在抗蝕劑組成物含有相對於光酸產生劑成為相對弱酸之鎓鹽之情形下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的總固體成分,其含量係0.5~10.0質量%為較佳,0.5~8.0質量%為更佳,1.0~8.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resist composition contains an onium salt which is relatively weak acid relative to the photoacid generator, the content of the resist composition is preferably 0.5 to 10.0% by mass, preferably 0.5 to 8.0% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resist composition. The mass % is more preferable, and 1.0 to 8.0 mass % is further preferable.

<<界面活性劑>> 抗蝕劑組成物還可以含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,含有氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑(氟系界面活性劑、矽系界面活性劑、具有氟原子和矽原子這兩者之界面活性劑)中的任一種或者兩種以上為更佳。<<surfactant>> The resist composition may further contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, any one or both of fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants (fluorine-based surfactants, silicon-based surfactants, and surfactants having both fluorine atoms and silicon atoms) are contained The above is better.

作為氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑,可舉出美國專利申請公開第2008/0248425號說明書的<0276>所記載之界面活性劑,例如可舉出EFTOP EF301、EF303(Shin-Akita Kasei Co.Ltd.製)、Fluorad FC430、431、4430(Sumitomo 3M Limited製)、Magaface F171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120、R08(DIC CORPORATION製)、Surflon S-382、SC101、102、103、104、105、106、KH-20(ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、TroySol S-366(Troy Chemical Industries Inc.製)、GF-300、GF-150(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、Surflon S-393(SEIMI CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)、EFTOP EF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802、EF601(Gemco公司製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520(OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.製)、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、222D(Neos Corporation製)等。又,聚矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)亦能夠用作矽系界面活性劑。As fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants, surfactants described in <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425, for example, EFTOP EF301, EF303 (Shin-Akita Kasei Co. Ltd.), Fluorad FC430, 431, 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Magaface F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120, R08 (manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, KH-20 (manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), TroySol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Industries Inc.), GF-300, GF-150 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. .), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by SEIMI CHEMICAL CO., LTD.), EFTOP EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801, EF802, EF601 (manufactured by Gemco), PF636, PF656 , PF6320, PF6520 (manufactured by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.), FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D, 222D (manufactured by Neos Corporation), etc. In addition, polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.

又,作為界面活性劑,除如上述所示之公知的界面活性劑以外,還能夠使用如下界面活性劑,前述界面活性劑使用了具有由藉由短鏈聚合法(還稱為短鏈聚合物法)或者寡聚合法(還稱為寡聚物法)製造之氟脂肪族化合物衍生出之氟脂肪族基之聚合物。氟脂肪族化合物能夠藉由日本特開2002-90991號公報中所記載之方法來合成。 作為在上述中適用之界面活性劑,能夠舉出Magaface F178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476、F-472(DIC CORPORATION製)、具有C6 F13 基之丙烯酸酯(或甲基丙烯酸酯)與(聚(氧基伸烷基))丙烯酸酯(或甲基丙烯酸酯)的共聚物、具有C3 F7 基之丙烯酸酯(或甲基丙烯酸酯)、(聚(氧基伸乙基))丙烯酸酯(或甲基丙烯酸酯)及(聚(氧基伸丙基))丙烯酸酯(或甲基丙烯酸酯)的共聚物等。Further, as the surfactant, in addition to the known surfactants as described above, it is also possible to use the following surfactants, which are prepared by a short-chain polymerization method (also referred to as a short-chain polymer). A fluoroaliphatic group derived from a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by the oligomerization method (also known as the oligomer method). The fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A No. 2002-90991. Surfactants suitable for the above include Magaface F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, F-472 (manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), and acrylates having a C 6 F 13 group. (or methacrylate) and (poly(oxyalkylene)) acrylate (or methacrylate) copolymer, acrylate (or methacrylate) with C 3 F 7 group, (poly( Oxyethylidene)) acrylate (or methacrylate) and (poly(oxyethylidene)) acrylate (or methacrylate) copolymer and the like.

又,在本發明中,還能夠使用除美國專利申請公開第2008/0248425號說明書的段落號0280中所記載之、氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑以外的其他界面活性劑。Furthermore, in the present invention, other surfactants other than the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph No. 0280 of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can also be used.

該等界面活性劑可以單獨使用,且可以組合使用兩種以上。These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

在抗蝕劑組成物含有界面活性劑之情形下,相對於抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分,界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.0001~2質量%,更佳為0.0005~1質量%。When the resist composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2 mass %, more preferably 0.0005 to 1 mass %, relative to the solid content of the resist composition.

<<其他添加劑>> 依據需要,抗蝕劑組成物還能夠含有羧酸鎓鹽、酸增殖劑、染料、可塑劑、光敏劑、光吸收劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、溶解抑制劑及促進相對於顯影液之溶解性之化合物(例如,分子量為1000以下的酚化合物、具有羧基之脂環族或脂肪族化合物)等。<<Other additives>> As needed, the resist composition can further contain carboxylate onium salts, acid multiplying agents, dyes, plasticizers, photosensitizers, light absorbers, alkali-soluble resins, dissolution inhibitors, and accelerators relative to development. Liquid-soluble compounds (for example, phenolic compounds with a molecular weight of 1,000 or less, alicyclic or aliphatic compounds having a carboxyl group), and the like.

<畫素形成用組成物> 接著,對畫素形成用組成物進行說明。該畫素形成用組成物為用於形成裝置中所使用之濾光器的畫素之組成物。作為畫素形成用組成物的種類,可舉出著色畫素形成用組成物、紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物、紅外線截止層的畫素形成用組成物等,選自著色畫素形成用組成物及紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物中之至少一種為較佳。以下,將著色畫素形成用組成物還稱為彩色濾光片用組成物。又,將紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物還稱為紅外線透射濾波器用組成物。又,將紅外線截止層的畫素形成用組成物還稱為紅外線截止濾波器用組成物。<The composition for pixel formation> Next, the composition for pixel formation is demonstrated. The composition for forming a pixel is a composition for forming a pixel of an optical filter used in an apparatus. Examples of the type of the composition for forming a pixel include a composition for forming a coloring pixel, a composition for forming a pixel for an infrared transmissive layer, a composition for forming a pixel for an infrared cut layer, and the like, which are selected from the group consisting of coloring pixel forming It is preferable to use at least one of the composition and the composition for forming a pixel of the infrared-transmitting layer. Hereinafter, the composition for forming a color pixel is also referred to as a composition for a color filter. Moreover, the composition for pixel formation of an infrared-transmitting layer is also called the composition for infrared-transmitting filters. Moreover, the composition for pixel formation of an infrared cut layer is also called the composition for infrared cut filters.

作為紅外線截止濾波器用組成物,在700~1300 nm的波長範圍內具有極大吸收波長,具有在400~600 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值A1 與前述極大吸收波長下的吸光度A2 之比亦即A1 /A2 係0.3以下之分光特性之組成物為較佳。藉由使用具有該種分光特性之組成物,能夠形成可見透明性優異,且紅外線遮蔽性優異的畫素。As the composition for an infrared cut filter, having an absorbance maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range having 400 ~ 600 nm in a wavelength range of 700 ~ 1300 nm of the maximum absorbance A 1 A 2 of the maximum absorption wavelength at the A composition having a spectral characteristic with a ratio of A 1 /A 2 of 0.3 or less is preferable. By using the composition which has such a spectral characteristic, the pixel which is excellent in visible transparency and excellent in infrared shielding property can be formed.

作為彩色濾光片用組成物,例如,用於形成選自紅色畫素、藍色畫素、綠色畫素、青色畫素、洋紅色畫素及黃色畫素中之著色畫素之組成物為較佳。As a composition for a color filter, for example, a composition for forming a coloring pixel selected from a red pixel, a blue pixel, a green pixel, a cyan pixel, a magenta pixel, and a yellow pixel is: better.

作為紅外線透射濾波器用組成物,具有在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值Amin與在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值Bmax之比亦即Amin/Bmax係5以上之分光特性之組成物為較佳。Amin/Bmax係7.5以上為更佳,15以上為進一步較佳,30以上尤為佳。The composition for an infrared transmission filter has a ratio of the minimum value Amin of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and the maximum value Bmax of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm, that is, Amin/Bmax is 5 or more The composition of the spectroscopic properties is preferred. Amin/Bmax is more preferably 7.5 or more, more preferably 15 or more, and particularly preferably 30 or more.

在某一波長λ下的吸光度Aλ由以下的式(1)定義。 Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)……(1) Aλ為波長λ下的吸光度,Tλ為波長λ下的透射率(%)。 在本發明中,吸光度的值可以為在溶液的狀態下測量出之值,亦可以為在使用紅外線透射濾波器用組成物製作出之膜的狀態下測量出之值。在膜的狀態下測量吸光度之情形下,利用以如下方式製備之膜進行測量為較佳:藉由旋塗等的方法,在玻璃基板上塗佈紅外線透射濾波器用組成物,以使乾燥後的膜的厚度成為既定的厚度,使用加熱板在100℃下乾燥120秒鐘。關於膜的厚度,能夠使用觸針式表面形狀測定儀(ULVAC INC.製DEKTAK150)來測量具有膜之基板。The absorbance Aλ at a certain wavelength λ is defined by the following formula (1). Aλ=-log(Tλ/100)...(1) Aλ is the absorbance at the wavelength λ, and Tλ is the transmittance (%) at the wavelength λ. In this invention, the value of absorbance may be the value measured in the state of a solution, and the value measured in the state of the film produced using the composition for infrared transmission filters may be sufficient as it. In the case of measuring the absorbance in the state of a film, it is preferable to use a film prepared by applying the composition for an infrared transmission filter on a glass substrate by a method such as spin coating, so that the dried The thickness of the film was a predetermined thickness, and it was dried at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate. The thickness of the film can be measured using a stylus-type surface profiler (DEKTAK150 manufactured by ULVAC INC.) on the substrate having the film.

又,吸光度能夠使用以往公知的分光光度計進行測量。吸光度的測量條件並無特別限定,但是在將400~640 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值A調整為0.1~3.0之條件下,測量1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值B為較佳。藉由在該種條件下測量吸光度,能夠進一步減小測量誤差。作為將400~640 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值A調整為0.1~3.0之方法,並無特別限定。例如,在溶液的狀態下測量吸光度之情形下,可舉出調整試樣槽的光路長度之方法。又,在膜的狀態下測量吸光度之情形下,可舉出調整膜厚之方法等。In addition, the absorbance can be measured using a conventionally known spectrophotometer. The measurement conditions of the absorbance are not particularly limited, but the maximum value B of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is measured under the condition that the minimum value A of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is adjusted to 0.1 to 3.0 is better. By measuring the absorbance under such conditions, the measurement error can be further reduced. It does not specifically limit as a method of adjusting the minimum value A of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400-640 nm to 0.1-3.0. For example, when measuring the absorbance in the state of a solution, the method of adjusting the optical path length of a sample cell is mentioned. Moreover, when measuring absorbance in the state of a film, the method of adjusting a film thickness, etc. are mentioned.

紅外線透射濾波器用組成物滿足以下(1)~(4)中的任一分光特性為更佳。 (1):在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值Amin1與在800~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值Bmax1之比亦即Amin1/Bmax1係5以上,7.5以上為較佳,15以上為更佳,30以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠形成遮蔽400~640 nm的波長範圍的光,且能夠透射波長為720 nm的紅外線之膜。 (2):在400~750 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值Amin2與在900~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值Bmax2之比亦即Amin2/Bmax2係5以上,7.5以上為較佳,15以上為更佳,30以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠形成遮蔽400~750 nm的波長範圍的光,且能夠透射波長為850 nm的紅外線之膜。 (3):在400~850 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值Amin3與在1000~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值Bmax3之比亦即Amin3/Bmax3係5以上,7.5以上為較佳,15以上為更佳,30以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠形成遮蔽400~830 nm的波長範圍的光,且能夠透射波長為940 nm的紅外線之膜。 (4):在400~950 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值Amin4與在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最大值Bmax4之比亦即Amin4/Bmax4係5以上,7.5以上為較佳,15以上為更佳,30以上為進一步較佳。依據該態樣,能夠形成遮蔽400~950 nm的波長範圍的光,且能夠透射波長為1040 nm的紅外線之膜。It is more preferable that the composition for infrared transmissive filters satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (4). (1): The ratio of the minimum value Amin1 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and the maximum value Bmax1 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 800 to 1300 nm, that is, Amin1/Bmax1 is 5 or more, and 7.5 or more is relatively high. Preferably, 15 or more is more preferable, and 30 or more is further preferable. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film that shields light in a wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and transmits infrared rays with a wavelength of 720 nm. (2): The ratio of the minimum value Amin2 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and the maximum value Bmax2 of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 900 to 1300 nm, that is, Amin2/Bmax2 is 5 or more, and 7.5 or more is relatively high. Preferably, 15 or more is more preferable, and 30 or more is further preferable. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film that shields light in a wavelength range of 400 to 750 nm and transmits infrared rays with a wavelength of 850 nm. (3): The ratio of the minimum value of absorbance Amin3 in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm to the maximum value of absorbance Bmax3 in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm, that is, Amin3/Bmax3 is 5 or more, and 7.5 or more is relatively high. Preferably, 15 or more is more preferable, and 30 or more is further preferable. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film that shields light in a wavelength range of 400 to 830 nm and transmits infrared rays with a wavelength of 940 nm. (4): The ratio of the minimum value of absorbance Amin4 in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm to the maximum value of absorbance Bmax4 in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm, that is, Amin4/Bmax4 is 5 or more, and 7.5 or more is relatively high. Preferably, 15 or more is more preferable, and 30 or more is further preferable. According to this aspect, it is possible to form a film that shields light in a wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmits infrared rays with a wavelength of 1040 nm.

當使用紅外線透射濾波器用組成物形成厚度為1 μm、2 μm、3 μm、4 μm或5 μm之膜時,滿足膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下,且膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上之分光特性為較佳。在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係15%以下為較佳,10%以下為更佳。在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係75%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳。When a film having a thickness of 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm, or 5 μm is formed using the composition for an infrared transmission filter, the light transmittance in the thickness direction of the film is satisfied in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm. It is preferable that the maximum value is 20% or less, and the minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is 70% or more in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm. The maximum value in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm is preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less. The minimum value in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is preferably 75% or more, and more preferably 80% or more.

紅外線透射濾波器用組成物滿足以下(11)~(14)中的任一分光特性為更佳。 (11):當使用紅外線透射濾波器用組成物形成厚度為1 μm、2 μm、3 μm、4 μm或5 μm之膜時,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在800~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之態樣。 (12):當使用紅外線透射濾波器用組成物形成厚度為1 μm、2 μm、3 μm、4 μm或5 μm之膜時,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~750 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在900~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之態樣。 (13):當使用紅外線透射濾波器用組成物形成厚度為1 μm、2 μm、3 μm、4 μm或5 μm之膜時,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~830 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在1000~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之態樣。 (14):當使用紅外線透射濾波器用組成物形成厚度為1 μm、2 μm、3 μm、4 μm或5 μm之膜時,膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在400~950 nm的波長範圍內的最大值係20%以下(較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下),且膜的厚度方向上的光的透射率在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的最小值係70%以上(較佳為75%以上,更佳為80%以上)之態樣。More preferably, the composition for an infrared transmission filter satisfies any one of the following spectral characteristics (11) to (14). (11): When a film having a thickness of 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm or 5 μm is formed using the composition for an infrared transmission filter, the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is at a wavelength of 400 to 640 nm The maximum value in the range is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 800 to 1300 nm is 70 % or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). (12): When a film having a thickness of 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm or 5 μm is formed using the composition for an infrared transmission filter, the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is at a wavelength of 400 to 750 nm The maximum value in the range is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 900 to 1300 nm is 70 % or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). (13): When a film having a thickness of 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm or 5 μm is formed using the composition for an infrared transmission filter, the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is at a wavelength of 400 to 830 nm The maximum value in the range is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1300 nm is 70 % or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). (14): When a film having a thickness of 1 μm, 2 μm, 3 μm, 4 μm or 5 μm is formed using the composition for an infrared transmission filter, the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film is at a wavelength of 400 to 950 nm The maximum value in the range is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum value of the transmittance of light in the thickness direction of the film in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm is 70 % or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).

本發明中所使用之畫素形成用組成物包含聚合性化合物和光聚合起始劑為較佳。The composition for forming a pixel used in the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,包含選自烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、噻噸酮化合物、三𠯤化合物及肟化合物中之至少一種化合物為較佳,包含肟化合物為更佳。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. As the photopolymerization initiator, it is preferable to include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of alkyl phenone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, benzophenone compounds, thioxanthone compounds, trioxanthine compounds and oxime compounds, including oxime compounds. for better.

作為烷基苯酮化合物,可舉出苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物等。As an alkyl phenone compound, a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxy ketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, etc. are mentioned.

作為苄基二甲基縮酮化合物,可舉出2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮等。作為市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-651(BASF公司製)等。As a benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, 2, 2- dimethoxy- 2- phenyl acetophenone etc. are mentioned. As a commercial item, IRGACURE-651 (made by BASF Corporation) etc. are mentioned.

作為α-羥基烷基苯酮化合物,可舉出由下述式(V-1)表示之化合物。 式(V-1) [化13]

Figure 02_image025
式中,Rv1 表示取代基,Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rv2 與Rv3 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,m表示0~4的整數。As an α-hydroxyalkylphenone compound, the compound represented by following formula (V-1) is mentioned. Formula (V-1) [Chemical 13]
Figure 02_image025
In the formula, Rv 1 represents a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and m represents an integer of 0-4.

作為Rv1 所表示之取代基,可舉出碳數1~10的烷基、碳數1~10的烷氧基、碳數7~20的芳烷基。烷基及烷氧基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Rv1 所表示之烷基、烷氧基及芳烷基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。The substituent represented by Rv 1 includes an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group are preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The alkyl group, alkoxy group and aralkyl group represented by Rv 1 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group etc. are mentioned.

Rv2 及Rv3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,碳數1~10的烷基、碳數6~20的芳基為較佳。又,Rv2 與Rv3 可以彼此鍵結而形成環(較佳為碳數4~8的環,更佳為碳數4~8的脂肪族環)。烷基係直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Rv 2 and Rv 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms are preferable. In addition, Rv 2 and Rv 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring (preferably a ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an aliphatic ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms). The alkyl group is preferably straight chain or branched chain, more preferably straight chain.

作為α-羥基烷基苯酮化合物的具體例,可舉出1-羥基-環己基-苯基-酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)-苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基-丙醯基)-苄基]苯基}-2-甲基-丙烷-1-酮等。作為α-羥基烷基苯酮化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(以上,BASF公司製)等。Specific examples of the α-hydroxyalkylphenone compound include 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1- [4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy- 2-methyl-propanyl)-benzyl]phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one and the like. Commercially available products of the α-hydroxyalkylphenone compound include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, and IRGACURE-127 (the above, manufactured by BASF Corporation).

作為α-胺基烷基苯酮化合物,可舉出由下述式(V-2)表示之化合物。 [化14]

Figure 02_image026
As an α-aminoalkylphenone compound, the compound represented by following formula (V-2) is mentioned. [Chemical 14]
Figure 02_image026

式中,Ar表示被-SR13 或-N(R7E )(R8E )取代之苯基,R13 表示氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基。In the formula, Ar represents a phenyl group substituted with -SR 13 or -N(R 7E )(R 8E ), and R 13 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

R1D 及R2D 分別獨立地表示碳數1~8的烷基。R1D 與R2D 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。 R1D 及R2D 所表示之烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳。 R1D 及R2D 所表示之烷基可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出芳基、雜環基、硝基、氰基、鹵原子、-ORY1 、-SRY1 、-CORY1 、-COORY1 、-OCORY1 、-NRY1 RY2 、-NHCORY1 、-CONRY1 RY2 、-NHCONRY1 RY2 、-NHCOORY1 、-SO2 RY1 、-SO2 ORY1 、-NHSO2 RY1 等。RY1 及RY2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 關於鹵原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 RY1 及RY2 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,但是直鏈或支鏈為較佳。 作為取代基的芳基及RY1 及RY2 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~15為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳。芳基可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。 RY1 及RY2 所表示之雜環基係5員環或6員環為較佳。雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。構成雜環基之碳原子的數係3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為進一步較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。R 1D and R 2D each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. R 1D and R 2D may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The alkyl group represented by R 1D and R 2D may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic chain, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred. The alkyl group represented by R 1D and R 2D may be unsubstituted or substituted. Examples of the substituent include an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, -OR Y1 , -SR Y1 , -COR Y1 , -COOR Y1 , -OCOR Y1 , -NR Y1 R Y2 , - NHCOR Y1 , -CONR Y1 R Y2 , -NHCONR Y1 R Y2 , -NHCOOR Y1 , -SO 2 R Y1 , -SO 2 OR Y1 , -NHSO 2 R Y1 and the like. R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned. The alkyl group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 20. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic chain, but straight chain or branched chain is preferred. The aryl group as a substituent and the aryl group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 preferably have a carbon number of 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The aryl group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Preferably, the heterocyclic group represented by R Y1 and R Y2 is a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12. The number system of the heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

R3D 及R4D 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基。R3D 與R4D 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。在R3D 與R4D 鍵結而形成環之情形下,兩者可以直接鍵結而形成環,亦可以經由-CO-、-O-或-NH-鍵結而形成環。例如,作為R3D 與R4D 經由-O-形成之環,可舉出嗎啉環等。R 3D and R 4D each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. R 3D and R 4D may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the case where R 3D and R 4D are bonded to form a ring, the two can be directly bonded to form a ring, or they can be bonded by -CO-, -O- or -NH- to form a ring. For example, a morpholine ring etc. are mentioned as a ring formed by R 3D and R 4D via -O-.

R7E 及R8E 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基。R7E 與R8E 可以彼此鍵結而形成環。在R7E 與R8E 鍵結而形成環之情形下,兩者可以直接鍵結而形成環,亦可以經由-CO-、-O-或-NH-鍵結而形成環。例如,作為R7E 與R8E 經由-O-形成之環,可舉出嗎啉環等。R 7E and R 8E each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. R 7E and R 8E may be bonded to each other to form a ring. In the case where R 7E and R 8E are bonded to form a ring, the two may be directly bonded to form a ring, or a ring may be formed by -CO-, -O- or -NH- bonding. For example, a morpholine ring etc. are mentioned as a ring formed by R 7E and R 8E via -O-.

作為α-胺基烷基苯酮化合物的具體例,可舉出2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫基苯基)-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-1-丁酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮等。作為α-胺基烷基苯酮化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369及IRGACURE-379(以上,BASF公司製)等。Specific examples of the α-aminoalkylphenone compound include 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl- 2-Dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone, 2-dimethylamino-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1- [4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, etc. As a commercial item of an (alpha)-amino alkyl phenone compound, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (the above, the BASF company make) etc. are mentioned.

作為醯基膦化合物,可舉出2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基-二苯基-氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦等。作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-819、IRGACURE-TPO(以上,BASF公司製)等。Examples of the acylphosphine compound include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenyl oxide Phosphine etc. As a commercial item of an acylphosphine compound, IRGACURE-819, IRGACURE-TPO (the above, the BASF company make) etc. are mentioned.

作為二苯甲酮化合物,可舉出二苯甲酮、鄰苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基-4’-甲基二苯基硫醚、3,3’,4,4’-四(第三丁基過氧羥基)二苯甲酮、2,4,6-三甲基二苯甲酮等。Examples of the benzophenone compound include benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide Ether, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-butylperoxyhydroxy)benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone, etc.

作為噻噸酮化合物,可舉出2-異丙基噻噸酮、4-異丙基噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2,4-二氯噻噸酮、1-氯-4-丙氧基噻噸酮等。As the thioxanthone compound, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 1- Chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, etc.

作為三𠯤化合物,可舉出2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基萘基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-胡椒基-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(4-二乙胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三𠯤等。Examples of the tris(trichloromethyl) compound include 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris(trichloromethyl), 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl) base)-6-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-1,3,5-tris-tris, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-piperonyl-1,3,5-triss, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris𠯤, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2- (5-Methylfuran-2-yl)ethenyl]-1,3,5-tris-2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(furan-2-yl)ethenyl ]-1,3,5-Tris𠯤, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl)vinyl]-1,3 , 5-Tris 𠯤, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) vinyl]-1,3,5-tris 𠯤, etc.

作為肟化合物,能夠參閱國際公開WO2016/190162號公報的段落號0212~0236的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為肟化合物,能夠使用日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-80068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2016-21012號公報中所記載之化合物等。作為在本發明中能夠較佳地使用之肟化合物,例如可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。又,亦可舉出J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,pp.1653-1660)、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,pp.156-162)、光聚合物科學與技術雜誌(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)(1995年、pp.202-232)、日本特開2000-66385號公報、日本特開2000-80068號公報、日本特表2004-534797號公報、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物等。作為市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上,BASF公司製)、TR-PBG-304(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD製)、ADECA OPTOMER N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製,日本特開2012-14052號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,作為肟化合物,使用沒有著色性之化合物、透明性高且不易使其他成分變色之化合物亦較佳。作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。As the oxime compound, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0212 to 0236 of International Publication WO2016/190162, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, as the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compound described in JP 2000-80068 A, the compound described in JP 2006-342166 A can be used, Compounds and the like described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-21012. Examples of the oxime compound that can be preferably used in the present invention include 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one and 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one. , 3-Propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropane-1 -ketone, 2-benzyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxy Carbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, etc. Also, JCSPerkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), JCS Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology) ( 1995, pp. 202-232), JP-A No. 2000-66385, JP-A No. 2000-80068, JP-A No. 2004-534797, JP-A No. 2006-342166 Wait. Commercially available products include IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (the above, manufactured by BASF Corporation), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD.), ADECA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-14052). Moreover, as an oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound which has no colorability, a compound which is high in transparency and does not easily discolor other components. As a commercial item, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (the above, the product of ADEKA CORPORATION) etc. are mentioned.

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載之化合物。該內容被編入本說明書中。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a perylene ring can also be used. As a specific example of the oxime compound which has a perylene ring, the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-137466 is mentioned. This content is incorporated into this specification.

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中所所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。該內容被編入本說明書中。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP 2014-500852 A, and JP 24, 36 to 40. Compound (C-3) and the like described in Kokai Publication No. 2013-164471. This content is incorporated into this specification.

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。將具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的段落號0031~0047、日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0008~0012、0070~0079中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的段落號0007~0025中所記載之化合物、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製)。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable to use the oxime compound having a nitro group as a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include those described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A and paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A The compound described in Japanese Patent No. 4223071, Paragraph Nos. 0007 to 0025, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

在本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開WO2015/036910號公報中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication WO2015/036910.

以下示出在本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但是本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of the oxime compound preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化15]

Figure 02_image027
[化16]
Figure 02_image029
[Chemical 15]
Figure 02_image027
[Chemical 16]
Figure 02_image029

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,光聚合起始劑的含量係0.1~30質量%為較佳。關於下限,例如,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。關於上限,例如,25質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。在同時使用兩種以上光聚合起始劑之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition for forming a pixel. As for the lower limit, for example, 0.5 mass % or more is more preferable, and 1 mass % or more is more preferable. Regarding the upper limit, for example, 25 mass % or less is more preferable, and 20 mass % or less is further preferable. A photopolymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In the case where two or more photopolymerization initiators are used simultaneously, it is preferable that the total amount is in the above-mentioned range.

<<聚合性化合物>> 作為聚合性化合物,可舉出含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物等,含有2個以上具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為較佳,含有3個以上具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之化合物為更佳。關於具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團的個數的上限,例如,15個以下為較佳,6個以下為更佳。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出乙烯基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等,(甲基)丙烯醯基為較佳。聚合性化合物係3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。又,聚合性化合物係自由基聚合性化合物為較佳。<<Polymerizable compound>> As the polymerizable compound, a compound containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, etc. are mentioned, and a compound containing two or more groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferable, and 3 Compounds having more than one group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are more preferable. The upper limit of the number of groups having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is, for example, preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. As a group which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a vinyl group, a styryl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned, (meth)acryloyl group is preferable. The polymerizable compound is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Furthermore, the polymerizable compound is preferably a radically polymerizable compound.

聚合性化合物可以為單體、聚合物中的任一形態,但是單體為較佳。單體型的聚合性化合物的分子量係200~3000為較佳。分子量的上限係2500以下為較佳,2000以下為進一步較佳。分子量的下限係250以上為較佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The polymerizable compound may be in either form of a monomer or a polymer, but a monomer is preferred. The molecular weight of the monomeric polymerizable compound is preferably 200 to 3000. The upper limit of the molecular weight is preferably 2500 or less, and more preferably 2000 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight is preferably 250 or more, and more preferably 300 or more.

作為聚合性化合物的例子,能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落號0033~0034的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為聚合性化合物,係伸乙氧基改質季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,NK ESTER ATM-35E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製、A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基和/或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構的化合物為較佳。又,還能夠使用該等的寡聚物型。又,能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落號0034~0038的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,可舉出日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0477(相對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0585)中所記載之聚合性單體等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,雙甘油EO(環氧乙烷)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品,M-460;TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製)、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製,A-TMMT)、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製,KAYARAD HDDA)亦較佳。還能夠使用該等的寡聚物型。例如,可舉出RP-1040(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)等。又,作為自由基聚合性化合物,還能夠使用ARONIX M-350、TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)。As an example of a polymerizable compound, the description of the paragraph numbers 0033-0034 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2013-253224 can be referred, and the content is incorporated in this specification. As the polymerizable compound, ethoxy-modified pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial item, NK ESTER ATM-35E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercial item) , KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial item, KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylic acid Esters (as a commercial item, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercial item, KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A -DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and compounds having a structure in which these (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues and/or propylene glycol residues are preferred. In addition, these oligomer types can also be used. In addition, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of JP 2013-253224 A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. In addition, the polymerizable monomers and the like described in paragraph No. 0477 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding to paragraph No. 0585 of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099 ) can be cited, and these contents are incorporated into this manual. Also, diglycerol EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth)acrylate (as a commercial item, M-460; manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., A-TMMT) and 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA) are also preferred. These oligomeric forms can also be used. For example, RP-1040 (made by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc. are mentioned. Moreover, ARONIX M-350 and TO-2349 (made by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) can also be used as a radically polymerizable compound.

聚合性化合物可以為具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基之化合物。作為具有酸基之聚合性化合物,可舉出脂肪族多羥基化合物和不飽和羧酸的酯等。使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基進行反應而具有酸基之聚合性化合物為較佳,在該酯中脂肪族多羥基化合物係季戊四醇和/或二季戊四醇者尤為佳。作為市售品,例如可舉出ARONIX M-305、M-510、M-520(以上,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)等。具有酸基之聚合性化合物的酸值係0.1~40 mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係5 mgKOH/g以上為較佳。上限係30 mgKOH/g以下為較佳。The polymerizable compound may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. As a polymerizable compound which has an acid group, an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid, etc. are mentioned. A polymerizable compound having an acid group by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is preferred, and among the esters, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol is particularly preferred . As a commercial item, ARONIX M-305, M-510, M-520 (above, TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. make) etc. are mentioned, for example. The acid value of the polymerizable compound having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 5 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or less.

聚合性化合物係具有己內酯結構之化合物亦較佳的態樣。作為具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物,只要係在分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,但是例如能夠舉出藉由對三羥甲基乙烷、雙-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、雙-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯進行酯化而得到之ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為具有己內酯結構之聚合性化合物,能夠參閱日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落號0042~0045的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為聚有己內酯結構之化合物,例如可舉出:由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.作為KAYARAD DPCA系列市售之DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等;SARTOMER Company,Inc.製的具有4個乙烯氧鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯亦即SR-494、具有3個異丁烯氧鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯亦即TPA-330等。The polymerizable compound is also a preferred aspect of a compound having a caprolactone structure. The polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in the molecule. Alkane, trimethylolpropane, bis-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerol, diglycerol, trimethylol melamine and other polyols with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone ε-caprolactone modified polyfunctional (meth)acrylate obtained by esterification. As the polymerizable compound having a caprolactone structure, the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0042 to 0045 of JP 2013-253224 A can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification. Examples of compounds having a polycaprolactone structure include: DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120 and the like commercially available as KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.; SARTOMER Company, Inc. . The 4-functional acrylate with 4 ethylene oxide chains, namely SR-494, and the 3-functional acrylate with 3 isobutylene oxide chains, namely TPA-330, etc.

作為聚合性化合物,日本特公昭48-41708號公報、日本特開昭51-37193號公報、日本特公平2-32293號公報、日本特公平2-16765號公報中所記載之胺甲酸乙酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-49860號公報、日本特公昭56-17654號公報、日本特公昭62-39417號公報、日本特公昭62-39418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺甲酸乙酯化合物類亦較佳。又,能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平1-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構、硫化物(sulfide)結構之加成聚合性化合物類。作為市售品,可舉出胺甲酸乙酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(SANYO-KOKUSAKU PULP CO.,LTD.製)、UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(Kyoeisha Chemical Co.,Ltd.)製)等。又,作為自由基聚合性化合物,使用8UH-1006、8UH-1012(TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製)亦較佳。As the polymerizable compound, urethane acrylic acid described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-16765 Esters, those described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-39418 having an ethylene oxide skeleton Urethane compounds are also preferred. In addition, those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 1-105238 can be used which have an amine group structure and a sulfide (sulfide) structure in the molecule. of addition polymerizable compounds. Commercially available products include urethane oligomer UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by SANYO-KOKUSAKU PULP CO., LTD.), and UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) , DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. . Moreover, it is also preferable to use 8UH-1006 and 8UH-1012 (made by TAISEI FINE CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) as a radically polymerizable compound.

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,聚合性化合物的含量係0.1~40質量%為較佳。關於下限,例如,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。關於上限,例如,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。聚合性化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。在同時使用兩種以上聚合性化合物之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 0.1 to 40 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation. As for the lower limit, for example, 0.5 mass % or more is more preferable, and 1 mass % or more is more preferable. Regarding the upper limit, for example, 30 mass % or less is more preferable, and 20 mass % or less is further preferable. A polymerizable compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When using two or more types of polymerizable compounds at the same time, it is preferable that the total amount of these be within the above-mentioned range.

<<色材>> 本發明中所使用之畫素形成用組成物包含色材為較佳。相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,色材的含量係10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上為更加進一步較佳,50質量%以上尤為佳。在色材的含量為40質量%以上之情形下,容易用薄膜形成分光特性良好的畫素。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。作為色材,可舉出彩色著色劑、黑色著色劑、將在後面敘述之遮蔽可見光之色材(遮光材料)、紅外線吸收色素等。<<Color material>> It is preferable that the composition for pixel formation used by this invention contains a color material. With respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation, the content of the color material is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and still more preferably 40% by mass or more Preferably, 50 mass % or more is especially preferable. When content of a color material is 40 mass % or more, it becomes easy to form a pixel with favorable spectral characteristics from a thin film. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. As the color material, a color colorant, a black colorant, a color material (light-shielding material) that shields visible light to be described later, an infrared absorbing dye, and the like are exemplified.

又,在畫素形成用組成物為彩色濾光片用組成物之情形下,使用彩色著色劑來作為色材為較佳。在彩色濾光片用組成物中,相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,彩色著色劑的含量係10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上為更加進一步較佳,50質量%以上尤為佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。另外,在本發明中,所謂彩色著色劑,係指除白色著色劑及黑色著色劑以外的著色劑。Moreover, when the composition for pixel formation is a composition for color filters, it is preferable to use a color coloring agent as a color material. In the color filter composition, the content of the color colorant is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 30% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the pixel-forming composition. It is more preferable, 40 mass % or more is even more preferable, and 50 mass % or more is especially preferable. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. In addition, in this invention, a coloring agent is a coloring agent other than a white coloring agent and a black coloring agent.

又,在畫素形成用組成物為紅外線透射濾波器用組成物之情形下,使用遮光材料來作為色材為較佳。又,作為色材,同時使用遮光材料和紅外線吸收色素亦較佳。在紅外線透射濾波器用組成物中,紅外線吸收色素具有將所透射之光(紅外線)限定在更靠長波長側之作用。 在紅外線透射濾波器用組成物中,相對於紅外線透射濾波器用組成物的總固體成分,遮光材料的含量係10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上為更加進一步較佳,50質量%以上尤為佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。 又,在紅外線透射濾波器用組成物含有紅外線吸收色素之情形下,相對於紅外線透射濾波器用組成物的總固體成分,紅外線吸收色素和遮光材料的總量係10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上為更加進一步較佳,50質量%以上尤為佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。又,紅外線吸收色素和遮光材料的總量中的紅外線吸收色素的含量係5~40質量%為較佳。上限係30質量%以下為較佳,25質量%以下為更佳。下限係10質量%以上為較佳,15質量%以上為更佳。Moreover, when the composition for pixel formation is a composition for infrared transmission filters, it is preferable to use a light-shielding material as a color material. Moreover, as a color material, it is also preferable to use a light-shielding material and an infrared absorbing dye together. In the composition for an infrared transmissive filter, the infrared absorbing dye has a function of limiting the transmitted light (infrared rays) to the longer wavelength side. In the composition for an infrared transmissive filter, the content of the light-shielding material is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and even more preferably 30% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the composition for infrared rays transmissive filter. It is preferable, 40 mass % or more is more preferable, and 50 mass % or more is especially preferable. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. In addition, in the case where the composition for an infrared transmission filter contains an infrared absorption dye, the total amount of the infrared absorption dye and the light-shielding material is preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the composition for an infrared transmission filter, and 20 mass % or more is preferred. % or more is more preferable, 30 mass % or more is further preferable, 40 mass % or more is still more preferable, and 50 mass % or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. Moreover, it is preferable that content of the infrared absorbing dye in the total amount of an infrared absorbing dye and a light-shielding material is 5-40 mass %. The upper limit is preferably 30 mass % or less, and more preferably 25 mass % or less. The lower limit is preferably 10% by mass or more, and more preferably 15% by mass or more.

又,在畫素形成用組成物為紅外線截止濾波器用組成物之情形下,使用紅外線吸收色素來作為色材為較佳。相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,紅外線吸收色素的含量係10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以上為更佳,30質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上尤為佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。Moreover, when the composition for pixel formation is a composition for infrared cut filters, it is preferable to use an infrared absorption dye as a color material. The content of the infrared absorbing dye is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition for forming a pixel. . The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.

(彩色著色劑) 作為彩色著色劑,可舉出紅色著色劑、綠色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑、橙色著色劑等。彩色著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。較佳為顏料。顏料的平均粒徑(r)係20 nm≤r≤300 nm為較佳,25 nm≤r≤250 nm為更佳,30 nm≤r≤200 nm為進一步較佳。在此所說的“平均粒徑”,係指顏料的一次粒子集合而成之二次粒子的平均粒徑。又,關於可使用之顏料的二次粒子的粒度分佈(以下,還簡稱為“粒度分佈”。),在平均粒徑±100 nm的範圍內所包含之二次粒子係整體的70質量%以上為較佳,80質量%以上為更佳。另外,關於二次粒子的粒度分佈,能夠使用散射強度分佈來進行測量。(Colour Coloring Agent) As the coloring coloring agent, a red coloring agent, a green coloring agent, a blue coloring agent, a yellow coloring agent, a purple coloring agent, an orange coloring agent, etc. are mentioned. The colorant may be a pigment or a dye. Pigments are preferred. The average particle size (r) of the pigment is preferably 20 nm≤r≤300 nm, more preferably 25 nm≤r≤250 nm, and further preferably 30 nm≤r≤200 nm. The "average particle size" as used herein refers to the average particle size of secondary particles formed by aggregating primary particles of the pigment. In addition, the particle size distribution (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "particle size distribution") of the secondary particles of the pigment that can be used is 70% by mass or more of the entire secondary particle system contained within the range of the average particle size ±100 nm More preferably, 80 mass % or more is more preferable. In addition, the particle size distribution of the secondary particles can be measured using the scattering intensity distribution.

顏料係有機顏料為較佳。作為有機顏料,可舉出以下者。 比色指數(C.I.)顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214等(以上,黃色顏料)、 C.I.顏料橙(Pigment Orange)2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上,橙色顏料)、 C.I.顏料紅(Pigment Red)1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,270,272,279等(以上,紅色顏料)、 C.I.顏料綠(Pigment Green)7,10,36,37,58,59等(以上,綠色顏料)、 C.I.顏料紫(Pigment Violet)1,19,23,27,32,37,42等(以上,紫色顏料)、 C.I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,60,64,66,79,80等(以上,藍色顏料)、 該等有機顏料能夠單獨使用或者組合複數種來使用。Pigments are preferably organic pigments. As an organic pigment, the following are mentioned. Color Index (CI) Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, etc. (above, yellow pigment), CI Pigment Orange (Pigment Orange) 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. (above, orange pigment) , CI Pigment Red (Pigment Red) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48: 3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 279, etc. (above, red pigment), CI Pigment Green (Pigment Green) 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, etc. (above, green pigment), CI Pigment Violet (Pigment Violet) 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, etc. (above, purple pigment), CI Pigment Blue (Pigment Blue) 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, etc. (above, blue pigments), these organic pigments can be used alone or Use a combination of multiple types.

作為染料,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的染料。作為化學結構,能夠使用吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三芳基甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽吡啶酮系、苯亞甲基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑並三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑次甲基偶氮系、氧雜蒽(xanthene)系、酞菁系、苯并吡喃系、靛藍系、吡咯亞甲基系等染料。又,亦可以使用該等染料的多聚體。又,還能夠使用日本特開2015-028144號公報、日本特開2015-34966號公報中所記載之染料。There is no restriction|limiting in particular as a dye, A well-known dye can be used. As the chemical structure, pyrazoleazo-based, anilino-based azo-based, triarylmethane-based, anthraquinone-based, anthrapyridone-based, benzylidene-based, oxocyanine-based, and pyrazolotriazole-based azo can be used series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenothiazine series, pyrrolopyrazole methine azo series, xanthene series, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, pyrrole Methylene series and other dyes. In addition, polymers of these dyes can also be used. In addition, dyes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-028144 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-34966 can also be used.

(黑色著色劑) 作為黑色著色劑,可舉出碳黑、金屬氮氧化物(鈦黑等)、金屬氮化物(氮化鈦等)等無機黑色著色劑、二苯并呋喃酮化合物、甲亞胺化合物、苝化合物、偶氮系化合物等有機黑色著色劑。作為有機黑色著色劑,二苯并呋喃酮化合物、苝化合物為較佳。作為二苯并呋喃酮化合物,可舉出日本特表2010-534726號公報、日本特表2012-515233號公報、日本特表2012-515234號公報等中所記載之化合物,例如,能夠作為BASF公司製“Irgaphor Black”而獲得。作為苝化合物,可舉出C.I.Pigment Black 31、32等。作為甲亞胺化合物,可舉出日本特開平1-170601號公報、日本特開平2-34664號公報等中所記載者,例如,能夠作為Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg.Co.,Ltd.製“Chromofine black A1103”而獲得。二苯并呋喃酮化合物係由下述式表示之化合物及該等的混合物為較佳。 [化17]

Figure 02_image031
式中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R3 及R4 分別獨立地表示取代基,a及b分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,在a為2以上之情形下,複數個R3 可以相同,亦可以不同,複數個R3 可以鍵結而形成環,在b為2以上之情形下,複數個R4 可以相同,亦可以不同,複數個R4 可以鍵結而形成環。(Black Colorant) Examples of the black colorant include inorganic black colorants such as carbon black, metal oxynitrides (titanium black, etc.), metal nitrides (titanium nitride, etc.), dibenzofuranone compounds, and methylidene. Organic black colorants such as amine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds. As the organic black colorant, a dibenzofuranone compound and a perylene compound are preferable. Examples of the dibenzofuranone compound include compounds described in JP 2010-534726 A, JP 2012-515233 A, JP 2012-515234 A, and the like. For example, BASF can be used. Obtained by making "Irgaphor Black". As a perylene compound, CI Pigment Black 31, 32, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the methylimine compound include those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1-170601, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-34664, and the like. For example, "Chromofine" manufactured by Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg. Co., Ltd. black A1103". The dibenzofuranone compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula and a mixture thereof. [Chemical 17]
Figure 02_image031
In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent, a and b each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and when a is 2 or more In this case, a plurality of R 3 can be the same or different, a plurality of R 3 can be bonded to form a ring, and when b is 2 or more, a plurality of R 4 can be the same or different, and a plurality of R 4 can be bonded knot to form a ring.

R1 ~R4 所表示之取代基表示鹵原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-OR301 、-COR302 、-COOR303 、-OCOR304 、-NR305 R306 、-NHCOR307 、-CONR308 R309 、-NHCONR310 R311 、-NHCOOR312 、-SR313 、-SO2 R314 、-SO2 OR315 、-NHSO2 R316 或-SO2 NR317 R318 ,R301 ~R318 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基或雜芳基。The substituents represented by R 1 to R 4 represent halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aralkyl groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, -OR 301 , -COR 302 , -COOR 303 , -OCOR 304 , -NR 305 R 306 , -NHCOR 307 , -CONR 308 R 309 , -NHCONR 310 R 311 , -NHCOOR 312 , -SR 313 , -SO 2 R 314 , -SO 2 OR 315 , -NHSO 2 R 316 or -SO 2 NR 317 R 318 , and R 301 to R 318 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.

關於二苯并呋喃酮化合物的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特表2010-534726號公報的段落號0014~0037的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。For details of the dibenzofuranone compound, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0014 to 0037 of JP 2010-534726 A, which are incorporated in the present specification.

(遮蔽可見光之色材) 遮蔽可見光之色材(以下,還稱為遮光材料)係吸收紫色至紅色的波長區域的光之色材為較佳。又,在本發明中,遮光材料係遮蔽波長為400~640 nm的波長區域的光之色材為較佳。又,遮光材料係透射波長為1100~1300 nm的光之色材為較佳。遮光材料滿足以下(1)及(2)中的至少1個必要條件為較佳。 (1):包含兩種類以上彩色著色劑,組合兩種以上彩色著色劑來形成黑色。 (2):包含有機系黑色著色劑。在(2)的態樣中,還含有彩色著色劑亦較佳。有機系黑色著色劑係在400 nm以上且700 nm以下的波長範圍內具有極大吸收波長之著色劑為較佳。(Color material for blocking visible light) The color material for blocking visible light (hereinafter, also referred to as a light-shielding material) is preferably a color material that absorbs light in the wavelength region from violet to red. Moreover, in this invention, it is preferable that a light-shielding material is a color material which shields the light of the wavelength region of a wavelength of 400-640 nm. In addition, the light-shielding material is preferably a color material that transmits light having a wavelength of 1100 to 1300 nm. It is preferable that the light-shielding material satisfies at least one of the following requirements (1) and (2). (1): Two or more kinds of color colorants are contained, and two or more kinds of color colorants are combined to form black. (2): Contains an organic black colorant. In the aspect of (2), it is also preferable to further contain a chromatic colorant. The organic black colorant is preferably a colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more and 700 nm or less.

關於遮光材料,例如,在400~640 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值A與在1100~1300 nm的波長範圍內的吸光度的最小值B之比亦即A/B係4.5以上為較佳。關於上述特性,可以以一種原材料滿足,亦可以組合複數種原材料來滿足。例如,在為上述(1)的態樣之情形下,組合複數種彩色著色劑來滿足上述分光特性為較佳。又,在為上述(2)的態樣之情形下,有機系黑色著色劑可以滿足上述分光特性。又,亦可以以有機系黑色著色劑和彩色著色劑的組合來滿足上述分光特性。Regarding the light-shielding material, for example, the ratio of the minimum value A of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 400 to 640 nm and the minimum value B of the absorbance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1300 nm, that is, A/B is preferably 4.5 or more. . The above-mentioned properties may be satisfied with one kind of raw material, or may be satisfied with a combination of plural kinds of raw materials. For example, in the case of the aspect of the above (1), it is preferable to combine a plurality of chromatic colorants so as to satisfy the above-mentioned spectral characteristics. Moreover, in the case of the aspect of said (2), an organic type black coloring agent can satisfy the said spectral characteristic. In addition, the above-mentioned spectral characteristics may be satisfied by a combination of an organic black colorant and a color colorant.

遮光材料包含選自紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及綠色著色劑中之兩種以上為較佳。亦即,遮光材料以選自紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及綠色著色劑中之兩種以上著色劑的組合來形成黑色為較佳。作為較佳的組合,例如可舉出以下。 (1)含有紅色著色劑和藍色著色劑之態樣。 (2)含有紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑及黃色著色劑之態樣。 (3)含有紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑及紫色著色劑之態樣。 (4)含有紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及綠色著色劑之態樣。 (5)含有紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑及綠色著色劑之態樣。 (6)含有紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑及綠色著色劑之態樣。 (7)含有黃色著色劑和紫色著色劑之態樣。The light-shielding material preferably contains two or more selected from the group consisting of red colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, and green colorants. That is, it is preferable that the light-shielding material forms black by a combination of two or more colorants selected from the group consisting of red colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants, and green colorants. As a preferable combination, the following are mentioned, for example. (1) Containing red colorant and blue colorant. (2) Containing red colorant, blue colorant and yellow colorant. (3) Containing red colorant, blue colorant, yellow colorant and purple colorant. (4) Containing red colorant, blue colorant, yellow colorant, purple colorant and green colorant. (5) Containing red colorant, blue colorant, yellow colorant and green colorant. (6) Containing red colorant, blue colorant and green colorant. (7) Containing yellow colorant and purple colorant.

在上述(1)的態樣中,紅色著色劑與藍色著色劑之質量比係紅色著色劑:藍色著色劑=20~80:20~80為較佳,20~60:40~80為更佳,20~50:50~80為進一步較佳。 在上述(2)的態樣中,紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑及黃色著色劑之質量比係紅色著色劑:藍色著色劑:黃色著色劑=10~80:20~80:10~40為較佳,10~60:30~80:10~30為更佳,10~40:40~80:10~20為進一步較佳。 在上述(3)的態樣中,紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑及紫色著色劑之質量比係紅色著色劑:藍色著色劑:黃色著色劑:紫色著色劑=10~80:20~80:5~40:5~40為較佳,10~60:30~80:5~30:5~30為更佳,10~40:40~80:5~20:5~20為進一步較佳。 在上述(4)的態樣中,紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑、紫色著色劑及綠色著色劑之質量比係紅色著色劑:藍色著色劑:黃色著色劑:紫色著色劑:綠色著色劑=10~80:20~80:5~40:5~40:5~40為較佳,10~60:30~80:5~30:5~30:5~30為更佳,10~40:40~80:5~20:5~20:5~20為進一步較佳。 在上述(5)的態樣中,紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、黃色著色劑及綠色著色劑之質量比係紅色著色劑:藍色著色劑:黃色著色劑:綠色著色劑=10~80:20~80:5~40:5~40為較佳,10~60:30~80:5~30:5~30為更佳,10~40:40~80:5~20:5~20為進一步較佳。 在上述(6)的態樣中,紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑及綠色著色劑的質量比係紅色著色劑:藍色著色劑:綠色著色劑=10~80:20~80:10~40為較佳,10~60:30~80:10~30為更佳,10~40:40~80:10~20為進一步較佳。 在上述(7)的態樣中,黃色著色劑與紫色著色劑之質量比係黃色著色劑:紫色著色劑=10~50:40~80為較佳,20~40:50~70為更佳,30~40:60~70為進一步較佳。In the aspect of the above (1), the mass ratio of the red colorant to the blue colorant is preferably red colorant:blue colorant=20-80:20-80, and 20-60:40-80 is More preferably, 20-50:50-80 is more preferable. In the aspect of the above (2), the mass ratio of the red colorant, the blue colorant, and the yellow colorant is red colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant = 10 to 80: 20 to 80: 10 to 40 More preferably, 10-60:30-80:10-30 is more preferable, and 10-40:40-80:10-20 is more preferable. In the aspect of the above (3), the mass ratio of red colorant, blue colorant, yellow colorant, and purple colorant is red colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant: purple colorant = 10 to 80 :20~80:5~40:5~40 is better, 10~60:30~80:5~30:5~30 is better, 10~40:40~80:5~20:5~20 for further better. In the aspect of the above (4), the mass ratio of red colorant, blue colorant, yellow colorant, purple colorant, and green colorant is red colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant: purple colorant : Green colorant=10~80:20~80:5~40:5~40:5~40 is better, 10~60:30~80:5~30:5~30:5~30 is better , 10~40:40~80:5~20:5~20:5~20 is further preferable. In the aspect of the above (5), the mass ratio of red colorant, blue colorant, yellow colorant, and green colorant is red colorant: blue colorant: yellow colorant: green colorant = 10 to 80 :20~80:5~40:5~40 is better, 10~60:30~80:5~30:5~30 is better, 10~40:40~80:5~20:5~20 for further better. In the aspect of the above (6), the mass ratio of the red colorant, the blue colorant, and the green colorant is red colorant: blue colorant: green colorant = 10 to 80: 20 to 80: 10 to 40 More preferably, 10-60:30-80:10-30 is more preferable, and 10-40:40-80:10-20 is more preferable. In the aspect of the above (7), the mass ratio of the yellow colorant to the purple colorant is preferably yellow colorant:purple colorant=10-50:40-80, more preferably 20-40:50-70 , 30~40:60~70 is further preferable.

作為黃色著色劑,C.I.Pigment Yellow 139,150,185為較佳,C.I.Pigment Yellow 139,150為更佳,C.I.Pigment Yellow 139為進一步較佳。作為藍色著色劑,C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6為較佳。作為紫色著色劑,C.I.Pigment Violet 23為較佳。作為紅色著色劑,Pigment Red 122,177,224,254為較佳,Pigment Red 122,177,254為更佳,Pigment Red 254為進一步較佳。作為綠色著色劑,C.I.Pigment Green 7,36,58,59為較佳。 As the yellow colorant, C.I. Pigment Yellow 139, 150, and 185 are preferable, C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 and 150 are more preferable, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 is further preferable. As the blue colorant, C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is preferred. As the purple colorant, C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferred. As the red colorant, Pigment Red 122, 177, 224, and 254 are preferable, Pigment Red 122, 177, and 254 are more preferable, and Pigment Red 254 is further preferable. As the green colorant, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59 is preferable.

在使用有機系黑色著色劑來作為遮光材料之情形下,組合彩色著色劑來使用為較佳。藉由同時使用有機系黑色著色劑和彩色著色劑,容易獲得優異的分光特性。作為與有機系黑色著色劑組合使用之彩色著色劑,例如,可舉出紅色著色劑、藍色著色劑、紫色著色劑等,紅色著色劑及藍色著色劑為較佳。該等可以單獨使用,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。又,關於彩色著色劑與有機系黑色著色劑的混合比例,相對於100質量份的有機系黑色著色劑,彩色著色劑係10~200質量份為較佳,15~150質量份為更佳。 When an organic black colorant is used as a light-shielding material, it is preferable to use it in combination with a color colorant. By using an organic black colorant and a color colorant at the same time, it is easy to obtain excellent spectral characteristics. As a color coloring agent used in combination with an organic type black coloring agent, a red coloring agent, a blue coloring agent, a purple coloring agent, etc. are mentioned, for example, a red coloring agent and a blue coloring agent are preferable. These may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used simultaneously. Moreover, regarding the mixing ratio of a color colorant and an organic black colorant, 10-200 mass parts of color colorants are preferable with respect to 100 mass parts of organic black colorants, and 15-150 mass parts are more preferable.

關於遮光材料中的顏料的含量,相對於遮光材料的總量,係95質量%以上為較佳,97質量%以上為更佳,99質量%以上為進一步較佳。 The content of the pigment in the light-shielding material is preferably 95% by mass or more, more preferably 97% by mass or more, and even more preferably 99% by mass or more, relative to the total amount of the light-shielding material.

(紅外線吸收色素) (infrared absorbing pigment)

作為紅外線吸收色素,在近紅外區域(較佳為700~1300nm的波長範圍)具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳。紅外線吸收色素可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。 As the infrared absorbing dye, a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the near-infrared region (preferably a wavelength range of 700 to 1300 nm) is preferred. The infrared absorbing pigment may be a pigment or a dye.

在本發明中,作為紅外線吸收色素,能夠較佳地使用具有包含單環或縮合環的芳香族環之π共軛平面之紅外線吸收化合物。除構成紅外線吸收化合物所具有之π共軛平面之氫以外的原子數係14個以上為較佳,20個以上為更佳,25個以上為進一步較佳,30個以上尤為佳。關於上限,例如,80個以下為較佳,50個以下為更佳。In the present invention, as the infrared absorbing dye, an infrared absorbing compound having a π-conjugated plane containing a monocyclic or condensed aromatic ring can be preferably used. The number of atoms other than hydrogen constituting the π-conjugated plane of the infrared absorbing compound is preferably 14 or more, more preferably 20 or more, further preferably 25 or more, and particularly preferably 30 or more. Regarding the upper limit, for example, 80 or less are preferable, and 50 or less are more preferable.

紅外線吸收化合物所具有之π共軛平面包含2個以上單環或縮合環的芳香族環為較佳,包含3個以上前述芳香族環為更佳,包含4個以上前述芳香族環為更佳,包含5個以上前述芳香族環尤為佳。上限係100個以下為較佳,50個以下為更佳,30個以下為進一步較佳。作為前述芳香族環,可舉出苯環、萘環、並環戊二烯(pentalene)環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯(heptalene)環、引達省(indacene)環、苝環、稠五苯環、夸特銳烯(quaterrylene)環、乙烷合萘(acenaphthene)環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯(naphthacene)環、䓛環、聯伸三苯(triphenylene)環、茀環、吡啶環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、咪唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡唑環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、三唑環、苯并三唑環、噁唑環、苯并噁唑環、咪唑啉環、吡嗪環、喹噁啉環、嘧啶環、喹唑環、噠嗪環、三𠯤環、吡咯環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、咔唑環及具有該等環之縮合環。Preferably, the π-conjugated plane of the infrared absorbing compound contains two or more monocyclic or condensed aromatic rings, more preferably three or more of the aforementioned aromatic rings, more preferably four or more of the aforementioned aromatic rings , it is particularly preferable to contain 5 or more of the aforementioned aromatic rings. The upper limit is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and still more preferably 30 or less. As said aromatic ring, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pentalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptalene ring, an indacene ring, a perylene ring, Condensed pentaphenyl ring, quaterrylene ring, acenaphthene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl (naphthacene) ring, triphenylene ring, triphenylene ring, perylene ring , pyridine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyrazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, triazole ring, benzotriazole ring, oxazole ring, benzox azole ring, imidazoline ring, pyrazine ring, quinoxaline ring, pyrimidine ring, quinazole ring, pyridazine ring, triazole ring, pyrrole ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, carbazole ring and the like Ring condensed ring.

紅外線吸收化合物係在700~1000 nm的波長範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳。另外,在本說明書中,所謂“在700~1000 nm的波長範圍內具有極大吸收波長”,係指在紅外線吸收化合物的溶液中的吸收光譜中,在700~1000 nm的波長範圍內具有顯示最大吸光度之波長。關於紅外線吸收化合物在溶液中的吸收光譜的測量中所使用之測量溶劑,可舉出氯仿、甲醇、二甲基亞碸、乙酸乙酯、四氫呋喃。在其為溶解於氯仿之化合物之情形下,使用氯仿來作為測量溶劑。在其為不溶解於氯仿之化合物之情形下,使用甲醇。又,在均不溶解於氯仿及甲醇之情形下,使用二甲基亞碸。The infrared absorbing compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700-1000 nm. In addition, in this specification, "having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm" means that the absorption spectrum in the solution of the infrared absorbing compound has the maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 700 to 1000 nm. Absorbance wavelength. Chloroform, methanol, dimethyl methylene, ethyl acetate, and tetrahydrofuran are mentioned as the measurement solvent used for the measurement of the absorption spectrum of the infrared absorbing compound in the solution. In the case where it was a compound dissolved in chloroform, chloroform was used as the measurement solvent. In the case where it is a compound insoluble in chloroform, methanol is used. In addition, when neither was dissolved in chloroform or methanol, dimethylsulfite was used.

在本發明中,紅外線吸收化合物係選自吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、方酸菁化合物、酞青化合物、萘酞青化合物、夸特銳烯化合物、部花青化合物、克酮鎓化合物、氧雜菁(oxonol)化合物、二亞胺(Diimonium)化合物、二硫醇化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物、甲亞胺化合物、蒽醌化合物及二苯并呋喃酮化合物中之至少一種為較佳,選自吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物、方酸菁化合物、酞青化合物、萘酞青化合物及二亞胺化合物中之至少一種為更佳,選自吡咯并吡咯化合物、花青化合物及方酸菁化合物中之至少一種為更佳,吡咯并吡咯化合物尤為佳。作為二亞胺化合物,例如,可舉出日本特表2008-528706號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為酞青化合物,例如,可舉出日本特開2012-77153號公報的段落號0093中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-343631號公報所記載之酞菁氧鈦、日本特開2013-195480號公報的段落號0013~0029中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為萘酞青化合物,例如,可舉出日本特開2012-77153號公報的段落號0093中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,花青化合物、酞青化合物、萘酞青化合物、二亞胺化合物及方酸菁化合物可以使用日本特開2010-111750號公報的段落號0010~0081中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,關於花青化合物,例如,能夠參閱“功能性色素、大河原信/松崗賢/北尾悌次郎/平嶋恆亮・著、講談社Scientific”,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為紅外線吸收化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2016-146619號公報中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In the present invention, the infrared absorbing compound is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squaraine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quartane compounds, merocyanine compounds, ketonium compounds, At least one of an oxonol compound, a diimonium compound, a dithiol compound, a triarylmethane compound, a pyrromethene compound, a methanimine compound, an anthraquinone compound and a dibenzofuranone compound One is preferably at least one selected from pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squaraine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds and diimine compounds, preferably selected from pyrrolopyrrole compounds, At least one of a cyanine compound and a squaraine compound is more preferable, and a pyrrolopyrrole compound is especially preferable. As a diimine compound, the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2008-528706 is mentioned, for example, and the content is incorporated in this specification. Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include the compound described in paragraph No. 0093 of JP 2012-77153 A, the oxyphthalocyanine described in JP 2006-343631 A, and JP 2013-195480 The compounds described in paragraphs 0013 to 0029 of Gazette No. 1 are incorporated into the present specification. As a naphthalocyanine compound, the compound described in the paragraph No. 0093 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2012-77153 is mentioned, for example, and the content is incorporated in this specification. In addition, as the cyanine compound, phthalocyanine compound, naphthalocyanine compound, diimine compound, and squaraine compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0010 to 0081 of JP 2010-111750 A can be used, the contents of which are incorporated in in this manual. In addition, regarding the cyanine compound, for example, reference can be made to "Functional Pigment, Nobu Ogawara / Ken Matsuoka / Tejiro Kitao / Hirashima Hiroyuki, Kodansha Scientific", the contents of which are incorporated in this specification. Moreover, as an infrared absorbing compound, the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2016-146619 can also be used, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

作為吡咯并吡咯化合物,由式(PP)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化18]

Figure 02_image033
式中,R1a 及R1b 各自獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜芳基,R2 及R3 各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R2 及R3 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,R4 各自獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基、-BR4A R4B 或金屬原子,R4 可以與選自R1a 、R1b 及R3 中之至少一個進行共價鍵結或者配位鍵結,R4A 及R4B 各自獨立地表示取代基。關於式(PP)的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0017~0047、日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落號0011~0036、國際公開WO2015/166873號公報的段落號0010~0024的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As the pyrrolopyrrole compound, a compound represented by the formula (PP) is preferable. [Chemical 18]
Figure 02_image033
In the formula, R 1a and R 1b each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -BR 4A R 4B or a metal atom, and R 4 may be covalently bonded to at least one selected from R 1a , R 1b and R 3 A bond or a coordinate bond, R 4A and R 4B each independently represent a substituent. For details of formula (PP), refer to paragraphs 0017 to 0047 of JP 2009-263614 A, paragraphs 0011 to 0036 of JP 2011-68731 A, and paragraphs of International Publication WO2015/166873 The descriptions of Nos. 0010 to 0024 are incorporated into this specification.

R1a 及R1b 各自獨立地係芳基或雜芳基為較佳,芳基為更佳。又,R1a 及R1b 所表示之烷基、芳基及雜芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出烷氧基、羥基、鹵原子、氰基、硝基、-OCOR11 、-SOR12 、-SO2 R13 等。R11 ~R13 分別獨立地表示烴基或雜芳基。又,作為取代基,可舉出日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0020~0022中所記載之取代基。其中,作為取代基,烷氧基、羥基、氰基、硝基、-OCOR11 、-SOR12 、-SO2 R13 為較佳。作為由R1a 、R1b 表示之基團,具有含有支鏈烷基之烷氧基來作為取代基之芳基、具有羥基來作為取代基之芳基或具有由-OCOR11 表示之基團來作為取代基之芳基為較佳。支鏈烷基的碳數係3~30為較佳,3~20為更佳。Preferably, R 1a and R 1b are each independently an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an aryl group. In addition, the alkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group represented by R 1a and R 1b may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OCOR 11 , -SOR 12 , -SO 2 R 13 and the like. R 11 to R 13 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group or a heteroaryl group. Moreover, as a substituent, the substituent described in the paragraph numbers 0020-0022 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2009-263614 is mentioned. Among them, as the substituent, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, -OCOR 11 , -SOR 12 , and -SO 2 R 13 are preferable. As the group represented by R 1a and R 1b , an aryl group having an alkoxy group containing a branched alkyl group as a substituent, an aryl group having a hydroxyl group as a substituent group, or a group having a group represented by -OCOR 11 An aryl group as a substituent is preferred. The carbon number of the branched alkyl group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-20.

R2 及R3 中的至少一者係電子吸引基為較佳,R2 表示電子吸引基(較佳為氰基),R3 表示雜芳基為更佳。雜芳基係5員環或6員環為較佳。又,雜芳基係單環或縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數係2~8的縮合環為較佳,單環或縮合數係2~4的縮合環為更佳。構成雜芳基之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳,1~2為更佳。作為雜原子,例如,例示出氮原子、氧原子、硫原子。雜芳基具有1個以上氮原子為較佳。式(PP)中的2個R2 可以彼此相同,亦可以不同。又,式(PP)中的2個R3 可以彼此相同,亦可以不同。At least one of R 2 and R 3 is preferably an electron attracting group, R 2 represents an electron attracting group (preferably a cyano group), and more preferably R 3 represents a heteroaryl group. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. Further, the heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring, preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring of a condensation number of 2 to 8, and more preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring of a condensation number of 2 to 4. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2. As the hetero atom, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are exemplified. The heteroaryl group preferably has one or more nitrogen atoms. The two R 2 in the formula (PP) may be the same or different from each other. In addition, the two R 3 in formula (PP) may be the same or different from each other.

R4 係氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜芳基或由-BR4A R4B 表示之基團為較佳,氫原子、烷基、芳基或由-BR4A R4B 表示之基團為更佳,由-BR4A R4B 表示之基團為進一步較佳。作為R4A 及R4B 所表示之取代基,鹵原子、烷基、烷氧基、芳基或雜芳基為較佳,烷基、芳基或雜芳基為更佳,芳基尤為佳。該等基團還可以具有取代基。式(PP)中的2個R4 可以彼此相同,亦可以不同。R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or a group represented by -BR 4A R 4B , and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a group represented by -BR 4A R 4B is More preferably, the group represented by -BR 4A R 4B is further preferred. As the substituent represented by R 4A and R 4B , a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is preferable, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group is more preferable, and an aryl group is particularly preferable. These groups may also have substituents. The two R 4 in the formula (PP) may be the same or different from each other.

作為由式(PP)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出下述化合物。以下結構式中,Me表示甲基,Ph表示苯基。又,作為吡咯并吡咯化合物,可舉出日本特開2009-263614號公報的段落號0016~0058中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-68731號公報的段落號0037~0052中所記載之化合物、國際公開WO2015/166873號公報的段落號0010~0033中所記載之化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [化19]

Figure 02_image035
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (PP) include the following compounds. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In addition, as the pyrrolopyrrole compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0058 of JP 2009-263614 A, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0037 to 0052 of JP 2011-68731 A , the compounds and the like described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 of International Publication WO2015/166873, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. [Chemical 19]
Figure 02_image035

作為方酸菁化合物,由下述式(SQ)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化20]

Figure 02_image037
式(SQ)中,A1 及A2 分別獨立地表示芳基、雜芳基或由式(A-1)表示之基團; [化21]
Figure 02_image039
式(A-1)中,Z1 表示形成含氮雜環之非金屬原子團,R2 表示烷基、烯基或芳烷基,d表示0或1,波線表示連結鍵。關於式(SQ)的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2011-208101號公報的段落號0020~0049、日本專利第6065169號公報的段落號0043~0062、國際公開WO2016/181987號公報的段落號0024~0040的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As the squaraine compound, a compound represented by the following formula (SQ) is preferable. [hua 20]
Figure 02_image037
In the formula (SQ), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent an aryl group, a heteroaryl group or a group represented by the formula (A-1);
Figure 02_image039
In formula (A-1), Z 1 represents a non-metallic atomic group forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, R 2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aralkyl group, d represents 0 or 1, and a wavy line represents a bond. For details of formula (SQ), refer to paragraphs 0020 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-208101, paragraphs 0043 to 0062 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph 0024 of International Publication WO2016/181987 ~0040, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

另外,在式(SQ)中,陽離子以如下方式非定域化而存在。 [化22]

Figure 02_image041
In addition, in the formula (SQ), the cations are present in a delocalized manner as follows. [Chemical 22]
Figure 02_image041

方酸菁化合物係由下述式(SQ-1)表示之化合物為較佳。 The squaraine compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (SQ-1).

Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0092-4
Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0092-4

環A及環B分別獨立地表示芳香族環,XA及XB分別獨立地表示取代基,GA及GB分別獨立地表示取代基,kA表示0~nA的整數kB表示0~nB的整數,nA及nB分別表示在環A或環B上能夠取代之最大整數,XA與GA、XB與GB、XA與XB可以彼此鍵結而形成環,在GA及GB分別存在複數個之情形下,可以彼此鍵結而形成環結構。 Ring A and Ring B each independently represent an aromatic ring, X A and X B each independently represent a substituent, G A and G B each independently represent a substituent, kA represents an integer of 0 to n A and kB represents 0 to n Integer of B , n A and n B respectively represent the largest integer that can be substituted on ring A or ring B, X A and G A , X B and G B , X A and X B can be bonded to each other to form a ring, When each of G A and G B exists in plural, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.

作為GA及GB所表示之取代基,可舉出在上述式(PP)中說明之取代基T。 As the substituent represented by G A and G B , the substituent T described in the above formula (PP) is exemplified.

作為XA及XB所表示之取代基,具有活性氫之基團為較佳,-OH、-SH、-COOH、-SO3H、-NRX1RX2、-NHCORX1、-CONRX1RX2、-NHCONRX1RX2、-NHCOORX1、-NHSO2RX1、-B(OH)2及-PO(OH)2為更佳,-OH、-SH及-NRX1RX2為進一步較佳。RX1及RX2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。作為XA及XB所表示之取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基或雜芳基,烷基為較佳。 The substituents represented by X A and X B are preferably groups having active hydrogen, -OH, -SH, -COOH, -SO 3 H, -NR X1 R X2 , -NHCOR X1 , -CONR X1 R X2 , -NHCONR X1 R X2 , -NHCOOR X1 , -NHSO 2 R X1 , -B(OH) 2 and -PO(OH) 2 are more preferred, -OH, -SH and -NR X1 R X2 are further preferred . R X1 and R X2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As a substituent represented by X A and X B , an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group can be mentioned, and an alkyl group is preferable.

環A及環B分別獨立地表示芳香族環。芳香族環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。作為芳香族環的具體例,可舉出苯環、萘環、並環戊二烯環、茚環、薁環、庚搭烯環、引達省環、苝環、稠五苯環、乙烷合萘環、菲環、蒽環、稠四苯環、䓛環、聯伸三苯環、茀環、聯苯環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、嘧啶環、噠嗪環、吲哚嗪環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、異苯并呋喃環、喹嗪(quinolizine)環、喹啉環、酞嗪環、萘啶(naphthyridine)環、喹噁啉環、喹噁唑啉環、異喹啉環、咔唑環、啡啶環、吖啶環、啡啉環、噻嗯環、色烯環、氧雜蒽環、啡噁噻環、啡噻嗪環及啡嗪環,苯環或萘環為較佳。芳香族環可以未經取代,亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出在上述式(PP)中說明之取代基T。Ring A and ring B each independently represent an aromatic ring. The aromatic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Specific examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a cyclopentadiene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptavine ring, an indane ring, a perylene ring, a condensed pentabenzene ring, and ethane. Naphthalene ring, phenanthrene ring, anthracene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, tetraphenyl ring, biextended triphenyl ring, perylene ring, biphenyl ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, pyridine Ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridazine ring, indolezine ring, indole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, isobenzofuran ring, quinolizine ring, quinoline ring, phthalocyanine ring oxazine ring, naphthyridine ring, quinoxaline ring, quinoxazoline ring, isoquinoline ring, carbazole ring, phenanthrene ring, acridine ring, phenanthrene ring, thien ring, chromene ring, Xanthene ring, phenothiazine ring, phenothiazine ring and phenothiazine ring, preferably benzene ring or naphthalene ring. The aromatic ring may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. As a substituent, the substituent T demonstrated in the said formula (PP) is mentioned.

XA 與GA 、XB 與GB 、XA 與XB 可以彼此鍵結而形成環,在GA 及GB 分別存在複數個之情形下,可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為環,5員環或6員環為較佳。環可以為單環,亦可以為縮合環。在XA 與GA 、XB 與GB 、XA 與XB 、GA 彼此或GB 彼此鍵結而形成環之情形下,該等可以直接鍵結而形成環,亦可以經由包含伸烷基、-CO-、-O-、-NH-、-BR-及該等的組合之2價的連接基團鍵結而形成環。R表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出在上述式(PP)中說明之取代基T,烷基或芳基為較佳。X A and G A , X B and G B , and X A and X B may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and when a plurality of G A and G B are present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As the ring, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferable. The ring may be a single ring or a condensed ring. In the case where X A and G A , X B and G B , X A and X B , G A and G B are bonded to each other to form a ring, they may be directly bonded to form a ring, or they may be formed by including extension An alkyl group, -CO-, -O-, -NH-, -BR-, and a divalent linking group of a combination thereof are bonded to form a ring. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent, the substituent T described in the above formula (PP) can be mentioned, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable.

kA表示0~nA的整數,kB表示0~nB的整數,nA 表示在環A上能夠取代之最大整數,nB 表示在環B上能夠取代之最大整數。kA及kB分別獨立地表示0~4為較佳,0~2為更佳,0~1尤為佳。kA represents an integer of 0 ~ nA, kB represents an integer of 0 ~ nB, n A represents the ring A can be substituted by the maximum integer, n B represents the substituent on the ring B can be a maximum integer. Preferably, kA and kB independently represent 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2, and particularly preferably 0 to 1.

方酸菁化合物係由下述式(SQ-10)、式(SQ-11)或式(SQ-12)表示之化合物亦較佳。 式(SQ-10) [化24]

Figure 02_image045
式(SQ-11) [化25]
Figure 02_image047
式(SQ-12) [化26]
Figure 02_image049
The squaraine compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (SQ-10), formula (SQ-11) or formula (SQ-12). Formula (SQ-10) [Chemical 24]
Figure 02_image045
Formula (SQ-11) [Chemical 25]
Figure 02_image047
Formula (SQ-12) [Chemical 26]
Figure 02_image049

式(SQ-10)~(SQ-12)中,X獨立地為由1個以上氫原子可以被鹵原子、碳數1~12的烷基或烷氧基取代之式(1)或式(2)表示之2價的有機基團。 -(CH2 )n1 -……(1) 式(1)中,n1為2或3。 -(CH2 )n2 -O-(CH2 )n3 -……(2) 式(2)中,n2和n3分別獨立地表示0~2的整數,n2+n3為1或2。 R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。烷基及芳基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出在上述式(PP)中說明之取代基T。 R3 ~R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵原子、烷基或烷氧基。 n為2或3。In the formulae (SQ-10) to (SQ-12), X is independently a formula (1) or a formula ( 2) represents a divalent organic group. -(CH 2 ) n1 -... (1) In formula (1), n1 is 2 or 3. -(CH 2 ) n2 -O-(CH 2 ) n3 -... (2) In formula (2), n2 and n3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and n2+n3 is 1 or 2. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and the aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, the substituent T demonstrated in the said formula (PP) is mentioned. R 3 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. n is 2 or 3.

作為方酸菁化合物,可舉出下述結構的化合物。以下結構式中,EH表示乙基己基。又,可舉出日本特開2011-208101號公報的段落號0044~0049中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6065169號公報的段落號0060~0061中所記載之化合物、國際公開WO2016/181987號公報的段落號0040中所記載之化合物、日本特開2015-176046號公報所記載之化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [化27]

Figure 02_image051
As a squaraine compound, the compound of the following structure is mentioned. In the following structural formula, EH represents ethylhexyl. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0049 of JP 2011-208101 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0060 to 0061 of JP 6065169, and International Publication WO2016/181987 The compounds described in paragraph No. 0040 of , the compounds described in JP-A No. 2015-176046, and the like, are incorporated into the present specification. [Chemical 27]
Figure 02_image051

花青化合物係由式(C)表示之化合物為較佳。 式(C) [化28]

Figure 02_image053
式中,Z1 及Z2 分別獨立地為形成可以縮合之5員或6員的含氮雜環之非金屬原子團, R101 及R102 分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基或芳基, L1 表示具有奇數個甲基之次甲基鏈, a及b分別獨立地表示0或1, 在a為0之情形下,碳原子和氮原子以雙鍵鍵結,在b為0之情形下,碳原子和氮原子以單鍵鍵結, 在式中的由Cy表示之部位為陽離子部之情形下,X1 表示陰離子,c表示使電荷平衡時所需之數,在式中的由Cy表示之部位為陰離子部之情形下,X1 表示陽離子,c表示使電荷平衡時所需之數,式中的由Cy表示之部位的電荷在分子內中和之情形下,c為0。The cyanine compound is preferably a compound represented by the formula (C). Formula (C) [Chemical 28]
Figure 02_image053
In the formula, Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a non-metallic atomic group that forms a 5-membered or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring that can be condensed, and R 101 and R 102 are respectively independently an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group an alkyl group or an aryl group, L 1 represents a methine chain having an odd number of methyl groups, a and b independently represent 0 or 1, and when a is 0, a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom are bonded by a double bond, When b is 0, a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom are bonded by a single bond, and when the site represented by Cy in the formula is a cationic part, X 1 represents an anion, and c represents a number required for charge balance , in the case where the part represented by Cy in the formula is an anion part, X 1 represents a cation, c represents the number required to balance the charges, and the charge of the part represented by Cy in the formula is neutralized in the molecule Below, c is 0.

作為花青化合物的具體例,可舉出以下所示之化合物。以下結構式中,Me表示甲基。又,作為花青化合物,可舉出日本特開2009-108267號公報的段落號0044~0045中所記載之化合物、日本特開2002-194040號公報的段落號0026~0030中所記載之化合物、日本特開2015-172004號公報所記載之化合物、日本特開2015-172102號公報所記載之化合物、日本特開2008-88426號公報所記載之化合物等,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [化29]

Figure 02_image055
As a specific example of a cyanine compound, the compound shown below is mentioned. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group. In addition, examples of the cyanine compound include compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP 2009-108267 A, compounds described in paragraphs 0026 to 0030 of JP 2002-194040 A, The compounds described in JP 2015-172004 A, the compounds described in JP 2015-172102 A, the compounds described in JP 2008-88426 A, and the like are incorporated in the present specification. [Chemical 29]
Figure 02_image055

在本發明中,作為紅外線吸收色素,還能夠使用市售品。例如,可舉出SDO-C33(Arimoto Chemical Co.Ltd.製)、EX Color IR-14、EX Color IR-10A、EX Color TX-EX-801B、EX Color TX-EX-805K(Nippon Shokubai Co.,Ltd.製)、ShigenoxNIA-8041、ShigenoxNIA-8042、ShigenoxNIA-814、ShigenoxNIA-820、ShigenoxNIA-839(HAKKO Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)、EpoliteV-63、Epolight3801、Epolight3036(EPOLIN公司製)、PRO-JET825LDI(Fujifilm Corporation製)、NK-3027、NK-5060(Hayashibara Co.,Ltd.製)、YKR-3070(Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.製)等。In the present invention, a commercially available product can also be used as the infrared absorbing dye. For example, SDO-C33 (manufactured by Arimoto Chemical Co. Ltd.), EX Color IR-14, EX Color IR-10A, EX Color TX-EX-801B, EX Color TX-EX-805K (Nippon Shokubai Co. , manufactured by HAKKO Chemical Co., Ltd.), ShigenoxNIA-8041, ShigenoxNIA-8042, ShigenoxNIA-814, ShigenoxNIA-820, ShigenoxNIA-839 (manufactured by HAKKO Chemical Co., Ltd.), EpoliteV-63, Epolight3801, Epolight3036 (manufactured by EPOLIN), PRO - JET825LDI (manufactured by Fujifilm Corporation), NK-3027, NK-5060 (manufactured by Hayashibara Co., Ltd.), YKR-3070 (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), and the like.

<<具有環狀醚基之化合物>> 畫素形成用組成物含有具有環狀醚基之化合物亦較佳。作為環狀醚基,可舉出環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基等。具有環狀醚基之化合物,係具有環氧基之化合物為較佳。作為具有環氧基之化合物,可舉出在1分子內具有1個以上環氧基之化合物,具有2個以上環氧基之化合物為較佳。環氧基在1分子內具有1~100個為較佳。關於環氧基的上限,例如,能夠設為10個以下,還能夠設為5個以下。關於環氧基的下限,2個以上為較佳。作為具有環氧基之化合物,還能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0034~0036、日本特開2014-043556號公報的段落號0147~0156、日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0085~0092中所記載之化合物。該等內容被編入本說明書。<<The compound which has a cyclic ether group>> It is also preferable that the composition for pixel formation contains the compound which has a cyclic ether group. As a cyclic ether group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, etc. are mentioned. The compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group. As a compound which has an epoxy group, the compound which has one or more epoxy groups in 1 molecule is mentioned, and the compound which has two or more epoxy groups is preferable. It is preferable that there are 1-100 epoxy groups in 1 molecule. The upper limit of the epoxy group can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. About the minimum of an epoxy group, 2 or more are preferable. As the compound having an epoxy group, paragraphs 0034 to 0036 of JP 2013-011869 A, paragraphs 0147 to 0156 of JP 2014-043556 A, and JP 2014-089408 A can also be used. The compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092. These contents are incorporated into this manual.

具有環氧基之化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如,分子量小於2000,進而,分子量小於1000)、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,分子量為1000以上,聚合物時,重量平均分子量為1000以上)中的任一種。具有環氧基之化合物的重量平均分子量係200~100000為較佳,500~50000為更佳。重量平均分子量的上限係10000以下為較佳,5000以下為更佳,3000以下為進一步較佳。The compound having an epoxy group may be a low molecular weight compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 2000, and furthermore, a molecular weight of less than 1000), a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more) any of the. The weight average molecular weight of the compound having an epoxy group is preferably 200 to 100,000, more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.

在具有環氧基之化合物為低分子化合物之情形下,例如可舉出由下述式(EP1)表示之化合物。When the compound which has an epoxy group is a low molecular compound, the compound represented by following formula (EP1) is mentioned, for example.

[化30]

Figure 02_image057
[Chemical 30]
Figure 02_image057

式(EP1)中,REP1 ~REP3 分別表示氫原子、鹵原子、烷基,烷基可以為具有環狀結構者,又,還可以具有取代基。又,REP1 與REP2 、REP2 與REP3 可以彼此鍵結而形成環結構。QEP 表示單鍵或者nEP 價的有機基團。REP1 ~REP3 亦可以與QEP 鍵結而形成環結構。nEP 表示2以上的整數,較佳為2~10,進而較佳為2~6。其中,在QEP 為單鍵之情形下,nEP 為2。 關於REP1 ~REP3 、QEP 的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0087~0088的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為由式(EP1)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落0090中所記載之化合物、日本特開2010-054632號公報的段落號0151中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In formula (EP1), R EP1 to R EP3 each represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and an alkyl group, and the alkyl group may have a cyclic structure and may have a substituent. In addition, R EP1 and R EP2 , and R EP2 and R EP3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Q EP represents a single bond or an organic group of n EP valence. R EP1 to R EP3 may be bonded to Q EP to form a ring structure. n EP represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-6. Wherein, when Q EP is a single bond, n EP is 2. For details of R EP1 to R EP3 and Q EP , reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0087 to 0088 of JP 2014-089408 A, which are incorporated in the present specification. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (EP1) include the compound described in paragraph 0090 of JP-A-2014-089408 and the compound described in paragraph 0151 of JP-A-2010-054632 , which is incorporated into this manual.

作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA CORPORATION製ADEKA Glycyrol系列(例如,ADEKA Glycyrol ED-505等)、Daicel Corporation.製EPOLEAD系列(例如,EPOLEAD GT401等)等。As a commercial item, ADEKA Glycyrol series (for example, ADEKA Glycyrol ED-505 etc.) by ADEKA CORPORATION, EPOLEAD series (for example, EPOLEAD GT401 etc.) by Daicel Corporation, etc. are mentioned.

作為具有環氧基之化合物,能夠較佳地使用環氧樹脂。作為環氧樹脂,例如,可舉出作為酚化合物的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂、作為各種酚醛清漆樹脂的縮水甘油醚化物之環氧樹脂、脂環式環氧樹脂、脂肪族系環氧樹脂、雜環式環氧樹脂、縮水甘油酯系環氧樹脂、縮水甘油胺系環氧樹脂、將鹵化酚類進行縮水甘油化而得之環氧樹脂、具有環氧基之矽化合物和除此之外的矽化合物的縮合物、具有環氧基之聚合性不飽和化合物和除此之外的其他聚合性不飽和化合物的共聚物等。As a compound which has an epoxy group, an epoxy resin can be used suitably. Examples of epoxy resins include epoxy resins which are glycidyl ether compounds of phenolic compounds, epoxy resins which are glycidyl ether compounds of various novolak resins, alicyclic epoxy resins, and aliphatic epoxy resins. Resins, heterocyclic epoxy resins, glycidyl ester epoxy resins, glycidyl amine epoxy resins, epoxy resins obtained by glycidylation of halogenated phenols, silicon compounds having epoxy groups, and others Condensates of other silicon compounds, copolymers of polymerizable unsaturated compounds having epoxy groups, and other polymerizable unsaturated compounds, and the like.

環氧樹脂的環氧當量係310~3300 g/eq為較佳,310~1700 g/eq為更佳,310~1000 g/eq為進一步較佳。The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin is preferably 310 to 3300 g/eq, more preferably 310 to 1700 g/eq, and even more preferably 310 to 1000 g/eq.

環氧樹脂還能夠使用市售品。例如,可舉出EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation.製)、EPICLON N-695(DIC CORPORATION製)、Marproof G-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(以上,NOF CORPORATION製,含有環氧基之聚合物)等。As an epoxy resin, a commercial item can also be used. For example, EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation.), EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC CORPORATION), Marproof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G- 1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (above, manufactured by NOF CORPORATION, epoxy group-containing polymer), etc.

在畫素形成用組成物含有具有環狀醚基之化合物之情形下,相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,具有環狀醚基之化合物的含量係0.1~40質量%為較佳。關於下限,例如,0.5質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳。關於上限,例如,30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。具有環狀醚基之化合物可以單獨使用一種,亦可以同時使用兩種以上。在同時使用兩種以上具有環狀醚基之化合物之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。 又,在畫素形成用組成物包含聚合性化合物和具有環狀醚基之化合物之情形下,兩者的質量比係聚合性化合物:具有環狀醚基之化合物=100:1~100:400為較佳,100:1~100:100為更佳。When the composition for forming a pixel contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, the content of the compound having a cyclic ether group is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition for forming a pixel. . As for the lower limit, for example, 0.5 mass % or more is more preferable, and 1 mass % or more is more preferable. Regarding the upper limit, for example, 30 mass % or less is more preferable, and 20 mass % or less is further preferable. The compound which has a cyclic ether group may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In the case of using two or more compounds having a cyclic ether group at the same time, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range. Moreover, when the composition for pixel formation contains a polymerizable compound and a compound having a cyclic ether group, the mass ratio of the two is polymerizable compound: compound having a cyclic ether group=100:1 to 100:400 More preferably, 100:1~100:100 is more preferable.

<<樹脂>> 畫素形成用組成物含有樹脂為較佳。樹脂例如以將顏料等分散於組成物中之用途、黏合劑的用途而摻合。另外,將主要用於分散顏料等之樹脂還稱為分散劑。但是,樹脂的該種用途為一例,還能夠以除該種用途以外的目的使用樹脂。<<Resin>> It is preferable that the composition for pixel formation contains resin. The resin is blended for the purpose of dispersing pigments and the like in the composition, and for the purpose of a binder, for example. In addition, the resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment etc. is also called a dispersing agent. However, this type of use of the resin is an example, and the resin can be used for purposes other than this type of use.

樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2,000~2,000,000為較佳。上限係1,000,000以下為較佳,500,000以下為更佳。下限係3,000以上為較佳,5,000以上為更佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.

作為樹脂,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、烯・硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚芳醚膦氧化物樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂等。可以從該等樹脂中單獨使用一種,亦可以混使用兩種以上。作為環狀烯烴樹脂,就提高耐熱性之觀點而言,能夠較佳地使用降莰烯樹脂。作為降莰烯樹脂的市售品,例如,可舉出JSR CORPORATION製ARTON系列(例如,ARTON F4520)等。又,樹脂還能夠使用國際公開WO2016/088645號公報的實施例中所記載之樹脂。又,作為樹脂,使用具備含有在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團之重複單元之樹脂亦較佳。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基等。又,重複單元的主鏈和具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基團經由具有脂環結構之2價的連接基團鍵結為較佳。 As resins, (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysilicon resins, polyether resins, polyphenylene resins, Polyaryletherphosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide imide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, etc. One kind of these resins may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin can be preferably used from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. As a commercial item of norbornene resin, the ARTON series (for example, ARTON F4520) by JSR CORPORATION etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, the resin described in the Example of International Publication WO2016/088645 can also be used as a resin. Moreover, as resin, it is also preferable to use the resin provided with the repeating unit containing the group which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain. As a group which has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a (meth)acryloyl group etc. are mentioned. In addition, it is preferable that the main chain of the repeating unit and the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond are bonded via a divalent linking group having an alicyclic structure.

在本發明中,使用具有酸基之樹脂來作為樹脂為較佳。依據該態樣,容易形成矩形性優異的圖案。作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,羧基為較佳。具有酸基之樹脂例如能夠用作鹼可溶性樹脂。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. According to this aspect, it becomes easy to form a pattern excellent in rectangularity. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned, A carboxyl group is preferable. A resin having an acid group can be used as the alkali-soluble resin, for example.

作為具有酸基之樹脂,在側鏈上具有羧基之聚合物為較佳。作為具體例,可舉出甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物、酚醛清漆樹脂等鹼可溶性酚醛樹脂、在側鏈上具有羧基之酸性纖維素衍生物、使酸酐加成在具有羥基之聚合物而得之樹脂。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸和能夠與其共聚之其他單體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。作為能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚之其他單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、環己(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,作為乙烯基化合物,可舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、縮水甘油甲基丙烯酸酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯大分子單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體等。又,關於其他單體,還能夠使用日本特開平10-300922號公報所記載之N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體、例如N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺等。另外,能夠與該等(甲基)丙烯酸共聚之其他單體可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。As the resin having an acid group, a polymer having a carboxyl group in a side chain is preferable. Specific examples include methacrylic acid copolymers, acrylic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, crotonic acid copolymers, maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, and novolak resins Such as alkali-soluble phenolic resins, acid cellulose derivatives having carboxyl groups on the side chains, and resins obtained by adding acid anhydrides to polymers having hydroxyl groups. In particular, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers which can be copolymerized therewith are suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. As another monomer which can be copolymerized with (meth)acrylic acid, an alkyl (meth)acrylate, an aryl (meth)acrylate, a vinyl compound, etc. are mentioned. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylate and aryl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate. Butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Benzyl ester, cresyl (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of vinyl compounds include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene , glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc. . In addition, as for other monomers, the N-substituted maleimide monomers described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-300922, such as N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, can also be used imine, etc. Moreover, the other monomer which can be copolymerized with these (meth)acrylic acid may be only one type, and may be two or more types.

具有酸基之樹脂還可以具有聚合性基。作為聚合性基,可舉出烯丙基、甲基烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。作為市售品,可舉出DIANAL NR系列(MITSUBISHI RAYON CO.,LTD.製)、Photomer6173(含有羧基之聚胺酯丙烯酸酯寡聚物,Diamond Shamrock Co.,Ltd.製)、VISCOAT R-264、KS RESIST106(均為OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.製)、CYCLOMER P系列(例如,ACA230AA)、PLACCEL CF200系列(均為Daicel Corporation.製)、Ebecryl3800(Daicel UCB Co.,Ltd.製)、ACRYCURE RD-F8(Nippon Shokubai Co.,Ltd.製)等。The resin having an acid group may also have a polymerizable group. As a polymerizable group, an allyl group, a methallyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, etc. are mentioned. Commercially available products include DIANAL NR series (manufactured by MITSUBISHI RAYON CO., LTD.), Photomer 6173 (carboxy group-containing urethane acrylate oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd.), VISCOAT R-264, KS RESIST106 (all manufactured by OSAKA ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY LTD.), CYCLOMER P series (eg, ACA230AA), PLACCEL CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Corporation.), Ebecryl3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB Co., Ltd.), ACRYCURE RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), etc.

具有酸基之樹脂能夠較佳地使用包含(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體之多元共聚物。又,還能夠較佳地使用將2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯共聚者、日本特開平7-140654號公報所記載之、2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙基丙烯酸酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、2-羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、2-羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。Resins having an acid group can preferably use benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/2-hydroxyethyl (meth) Ethyl acrylate copolymer, multi-component copolymer of benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomers. In addition, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polyester described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-140654 can also be preferably used by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylate. Styrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/ Methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer Molecular monomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, etc.

具有酸基之樹脂係如下聚合物亦較佳,該聚合物包含源自包含由下述式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由下述式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物稱為“醚二聚物”。)之單體成分之重複單元。It is also preferable that the resin having an acid group is a polymer comprising a compound derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, sometimes the Such compounds are called "ether dimers".) The repeating unit of the monomer component.

[化31]

Figure 02_image059
[Chemical 31]
Figure 02_image059

式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。 [化32]

Figure 02_image060
式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基團。作為式(ED2)的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2010-168539號公報的記載。In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. [Chemical 32]
Figure 02_image060
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of Formula (ED2), the description of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-168539 can be referred to.

作為醚二聚物的具體例,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-29760號公報的段落號0317,該內容被編入本說明書中。醚二聚物可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph No. 0317 of JP 2013-29760 A can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated in the present specification. Only one type of ether dimer may be used, or two or more types may be used.

具有酸基之樹脂可以包含源自由下述式(X)表示之化合物之重複單元。 [化33]

Figure 02_image061
式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示氫原子或可以包含苯環之碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。The resin having an acid group may contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X). [Chemical 33]
Figure 02_image061
In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may contain a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1-15.

關於具有酸基之樹脂,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0558~0571(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0685~0700)的記載、日本特開2012-198408號公報的段落號0076~0099的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,具有酸基之樹脂還能夠使用市售品。例如,可舉出AcrybaseFF-426(FUJIKURA KASEI CO.,LTD.製)等。For resins having an acid group, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0558 to 0571 of JP 2012-208494 A (corresponding to paragraphs 0685 to 0700 of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099 ), Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 0685 to 0700 The descriptions of paragraph numbers 0076 to 0099 of Gazette No. 2012-198408 are incorporated into the present specification. Moreover, a commercial item can also be used for resin which has an acid group. For example, AcrybaseFF-426 (made by FUJIKURA KASEI CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned.

具有酸基之樹脂的酸值係30~200mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係50 mgKOH/g以上為較佳,70 mgKOH/g以上為更佳。上限係150 mgKOH/g以下為較佳,120 mgKOH/g以下為更佳。The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 200 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

作為具有酸基之樹脂,例如可舉出下述結構的樹脂等。以下的結構式中,Me表示甲基。 [化34]

Figure 02_image063
As resin which has an acid group, the resin etc. of the following structure are mentioned, for example. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group. [Chemical 34]
Figure 02_image063

紅外線透射濾波器用組成物還能夠包含作為分散劑的樹脂。分散劑可舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,所謂酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),表示酸基的量多於鹼性基的量之樹脂。關於酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂),將酸基的量和鹼性基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時,酸基的量佔70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包含酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基係羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值係40~105 mgKOH/g為較佳,50~105 mgKOH/g為更佳,60~105 mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。又,所謂鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),表示鹼性基的量多於酸基的量之樹脂。關於鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂),將酸基的量和鹼性基的量的總量設為100莫耳%時,鹼性基的量超過50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼性基係胺基為較佳。The composition for infrared transmission filters can further contain resin as a dispersant. The dispersing agent includes an acidic dispersing agent (acidic resin) and a basic dispersing agent (basic resin). Here, the term "acidic dispersant (acidic resin)" refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is larger than the amount of basic groups. Regarding the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol%, the resin in which the acid group accounts for 70 mol% or more is preferable, and substantially only Resins containing acid groups are more preferred. The acid group of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 40 to 105 mgKOH/g, more preferably 50 to 105 mgKOH/g, and further preferably 60 to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is larger than the amount of acid groups. Regarding the basic dispersant (basic resin), when the total amount of the amount of the acid group and the amount of the basic group is 100 mol %, a resin in which the amount of the basic group exceeds 50 mol % is preferable. The basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amine group.

用作分散劑之樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元為較佳。藉由用作分散劑之樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元,當藉由光微影法形成圖案時,能夠進一步減少在畫素的基底產生之殘渣。It is preferable that the resin used as a dispersant contains a repeating unit having an acid group. Since the resin used as the dispersing agent contains repeating units having an acid group, it is possible to further reduce the residues generated on the substrate of the pixel when the pattern is formed by the photolithography method.

用作分散劑之樹脂係接枝共聚物亦較佳。接枝共聚物藉由接枝鏈而與溶劑具有親和性,因此顏料的分散性及經時後的分散穩定性優異。關於接枝共聚物的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0025~0094的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,接枝共聚物的具體例可舉出下述樹脂。以下的樹脂亦可以為具有酸基之樹脂(鹼可溶性樹脂)。又,作為接枝共聚物,可舉出日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0072~0094中所記載之樹脂,該內容被編入本說明書中。 [化35]

Figure 02_image065
Resin-based graft copolymers used as dispersants are also preferred. Since the graft copolymer has an affinity with the solvent due to the graft chain, it is excellent in the dispersibility of the pigment and the dispersion stability over time. For details of the graft copolymer, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, which are incorporated in the present specification. Moreover, the following resin is mentioned as a specific example of a graft copolymer. The following resins may be resins having acid groups (alkali-soluble resins). Moreover, as a graft copolymer, the resin described in the paragraph numbers 0072-0094 of Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2012-255128 is mentioned, and the content is incorporated in this specification. [Chemical 35]
Figure 02_image065

又,在本發明中,樹脂(分散劑)使用在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者包含氮原子之寡聚亞胺系分散劑亦較佳。作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑,具有如下結構單元和側鏈,且在主鏈及側鏈的至少一者具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,該結構單元具備具有pKa 14以下的官能基之部分結構X,該側鏈包含原子數40~10,000的側鏈Y。所謂鹼性氮原子,只要係呈鹼性之氮原子,則並無特別限制。關於寡聚亞胺系分散劑,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0102~0166的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。作為寡聚亞胺系分散劑,能夠使用下述結構的樹脂、日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0168~0174中所記載之樹脂。 [化36]

Figure 02_image067
Moreover, in this invention, it is also preferable to use the oligoimide type dispersing agent which contains a nitrogen atom in at least one of a main chain and a side chain as a resin (dispersing agent). As the oligoimine-based dispersant, a resin having the following structural unit and side chain, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and the side chain is preferable, and the structural unit has a functional group having a pKa of 14 or less In the partial structure X, the side chain includes a side chain Y with 40 to 10,000 atoms. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. Regarding the oligoimine-based dispersant, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraph numbers 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification. As the oligoimine-based dispersing agent, resins having the following structures, and resins described in paragraphs 0168 to 0174 of JP 2012-255128 A can be used. [Chemical 36]
Figure 02_image067

分散劑還能夠作為市售品而獲得,作為這種具體例,可舉出Disperbyk-111、161(BYK Chemie GmbH製)等。又,還能夠使用日本特開2014-130338號公報的段落號0041~0130中所記載之顏料分散劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,還能夠將具有上述酸基之樹脂等用作分散劑。The dispersing agent can also be obtained as a commercial item, and Disperbyk-111, 161 (manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH) etc. are mentioned as such a specific example. In addition, the pigment dispersants described in paragraphs 0041 to 0130 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-130338 can also be used, the contents of which are incorporated in this specification. Moreover, resin etc. which have the said acid group can also be used as a dispersing agent.

在畫素形成用組成物含有樹脂之情形下,相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,樹脂的含量係1~60質量%為較佳。下限係5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。上限係50質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。 在畫素形成用組成物含有具有酸基之樹脂之情形下,相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,具有酸基之樹脂的含量係1~60質量%為較佳。下限係5質量%以上為較佳,10質量%以上為更佳。上限係50質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When the composition for pixel formation contains a resin, the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 60 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 40 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less. When the composition for pixel formation contains a resin having an acid group, the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1 to 60 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, and more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 40 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.

在畫素形成用組成物包含聚合性化合物和樹脂之情形下,聚合性化合物與樹脂之質量比係聚合性化合物/樹脂=0.3~1.5為較佳。上述質量比的下限係0.4以上為較佳,0.5以上為更佳。上述質量比的上限係1.4以下為較佳,1.3以下為更佳。若上述質量比在上述範圍內,則能夠形成矩形性更加優異的畫素。 又,聚合性化合物與具有酸基之樹脂之質量比係聚合性化合物/具有酸基之樹脂=0.4~1.4為較佳。上述質量比的下限係0.5以上為較佳,0.6以上為更佳。上述質量比的上限係1.3以下為較佳,1.2以下為更佳。若上述質量比在上述範圍內,則能夠形成矩形性更加優異的畫素。When the composition for pixel formation contains a polymerizable compound and a resin, the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound and the resin is preferably polymerizable compound/resin=0.3 to 1.5. The lower limit of the mass ratio is preferably 0.4 or more, and more preferably 0.5 or more. The upper limit of the mass ratio is preferably 1.4 or less, and more preferably 1.3 or less. When the above-mentioned mass ratio is within the above-mentioned range, a pixel with more excellent rectangularity can be formed. Moreover, it is preferable that the mass ratio of the polymerizable compound and the resin having an acid group is the polymerizable compound/resin having an acid group=0.4 to 1.4. The lower limit of the mass ratio is preferably 0.5 or more, and more preferably 0.6 or more. The upper limit of the mass ratio is preferably 1.3 or less, and more preferably 1.2 or less. When the above-mentioned mass ratio is within the above-mentioned range, a pixel with more excellent rectangularity can be formed.

<<顏料衍生物>> 畫素形成用組成物還能夠含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可舉出具備用酸基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或酞醯亞胺甲基取代顏料的一部分之結構之化合物。作為顏料衍生物,由式(B1)表示之化合物為較佳。<<Pigment Derivatives>> The composition for forming a pixel may further contain a pigment derivative. Examples of the pigment derivatives include compounds having a structure in which a part of the pigment is substituted with an acid group, a basic group, a group having a salt structure, or a phthalimide methyl group. As the pigment derivative, a compound represented by the formula (B1) is preferable.

[化37]

Figure 02_image069
式(B1)中,P表示色素結構,L表示單鍵或連接基團,X表示酸基、鹼性基、具有鹽結構之基團或酞醯亞胺甲基,m表示1以上的整數,n表示1以上的整數,在m為2以上之情形下,複數個L及X可以彼此不同,在n為2以上之情形下,複數個X可以彼此不同。[Chemical 37]
Figure 02_image069
In formula (B1), P represents a pigment structure, L represents a single bond or a linking group, X represents an acid group, a basic group, a group having a salt structure or a phthalimidomethyl group, and m represents an integer of 1 or more, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and when m is 2 or more, a plurality of L and X may be different from each other, and when n is 2 or more, a plurality of Xs may be different from each other.

作為P所表示之色素結構,選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構、蒽醌色素結構、二蒽醌色素結構、苯并異吲哚色素結構、噻嗪靛藍色素結構、偶氮色素結構、喹酞酮色素結構、酞青色素結構、萘酞青色素結構、二㗁𠯤色素結構、苝色素結構、紫環酮色素結構、苯并咪唑酮色素結構、苯并噻唑色素結構、苯并咪唑色素結構及苯并噁唑色素結構中之至少一種為較佳,選自吡咯并吡咯色素結構、二酮吡咯并吡咯色素結構、喹吖啶酮色素結構及苯并咪唑酮色素結構中之至少一種為更佳,吡咯并吡咯色素結構尤為佳。The dye structure represented by P is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolopyrrole dye structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole dye structure, quinacridone dye structure, anthraquinone dye structure, dianthraquinone dye structure, benzisoindole dye structure, Thiazine indigo pigment structure, azo pigment structure, quinophthalone pigment structure, phthalocyanine pigment structure, naphthalocyanine pigment structure, two 㗁𠯤 pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, perylene pigment structure, benzimidazolone pigment structure , at least one of benzothiazole pigment structure, benzimidazole pigment structure and benzoxazole pigment structure is preferably selected from pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment structure, quinacridone pigment structure and At least one of the benzimidazolone pigment structures is more preferable, and the pyrrolopyrrole pigment structure is particularly preferable.

作為L所表示之連接基團,可舉出包含烴基、雜環基、-NR-、-SO2 -、-S-、-O-、-CO-或者該等組合之基團。R表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。The linking group represented by L includes a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -NR-, -SO 2 -, -S-, -O-, -CO-, or a combination thereof. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

作為X所表示之酸基,可舉出羧基、磺酸基、羧酸醯胺基、磺酸醯胺基、醯亞胺酸基等。作為羧酸醯胺基,由-NHCORX1 表示之基團為較佳。作為磺酸醯胺基,由-NHSO2 RX2 表示之基團為較佳。作為醯亞胺酸基,由-SO2 NHSO2 RX3 、-CONHSO2 RX4 、-CONHCORX5 或-SO2 NHCORX6 表示之基團為較佳。RX1 ~RX6 分別獨立地表示烴基或雜環基。RX1 ~RX6 所表示之烴基及雜環基還可以具有取代基。作為其他取代基,可舉出在上述式(PP)中說明之取代基T,鹵原子為較佳,氟原子為更佳。作為X所表示之鹼性基,可舉出胺基。作為X所表示之鹽結構,可舉出上述酸基或鹼性基的鹽。As an acid group represented by X, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid amido group, a sulfonic acid amido group, an imino acid group, etc. are mentioned. As the carboxyamide group, a group represented by -NHCOR X1 is preferable. As the sulfonamido group, a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 is preferable. As the imidic acid group, a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 or -SO 2 NHCOR X6 is preferable. R X1 to R X6 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group or a heterocyclic group. The hydrocarbon group and the heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X6 may further have a substituent. As another substituent, the substituent T described in the above formula (PP) can be mentioned, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable. An amino group is mentioned as a basic group represented by X. As a salt structure represented by X, the salt of the above-mentioned acid group or basic group is mentioned.

作為顏料衍生物,可舉出下述結構的化合物。又,還能夠使用日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平1-217077號公報、日本特開平3-9961號公報、日本特開平3-26767號公報、日本特開平3-153780號公報、日本特開平3-45662號公報、日本特開平4-285669號公報、日本特開平6-145546號公報、日本特開平6-212088號公報、日本特開平6-240158號公報、日本特開平10-30063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開WO2011/024896號公報的段落號0086~0098、國際公開WO2012/102399號公報的段落號0063~0094、國際公開WO2017/038252號公報的段落號0082等中所記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。在以下的結構式中,Et為乙基。 [化38]

Figure 02_image071
As a pigment derivative, the compound of the following structure is mentioned. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 56-118462, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 63-264674, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1-217077, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-9961, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 3-26767 can also be used. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-153780, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-45662, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 4-285669, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-145546, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-212088, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-212088 6-240158 A, JP 10-30063 A, JP 10-195326 A, Paragraph Nos. 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. WO2011/024896, Paragraph Nos. 0063 to International Publication No. WO2012/102399 0094, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0082 of International Publication No. WO2017/038252, etc., the content of which is incorporated in the present specification. In the following structural formula, Et is ethyl. [Chemical 38]
Figure 02_image071

在畫素形成用組成物含有顏料衍生物之情形下,相對於100質量份的顏料,顏料衍生物的含量係1~50質量份為較佳。下限值係3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。上限值係40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下為更佳。若顏料衍生物的含量在上述範圍內,則能夠提高顏料的分散性並高效地抑制顏料的凝聚。顏料衍生物可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。When the composition for forming a pixel contains a pigment derivative, the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. When the content of the pigment derivative is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment can be improved and the aggregation of the pigment can be efficiently suppressed. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<溶劑>> 畫素形成用組成物能夠含有溶劑。作為溶劑,可舉出有機溶劑。溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性、組成物的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別限制。作為有機溶劑的例子,例如可舉出酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開WO2015/166779號公報的段落號0223,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,還能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基所取代之酯系溶劑、環狀烷基所取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可舉出二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙酸環己酯、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等。在本發明中,有機溶劑可以單獨使用一種,亦可以組合使用兩種以上。又,就提高溶解性之觀點而言,3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺亦較佳。但是,有時從環境方面等的理由考慮,減少作為溶劑之芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙苯等)為佳(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,亦能夠設為50質量ppm(parts per million:百萬分率)以下,還能夠設為10質量ppm以下,還能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。<<solvent>> The composition for pixel formation can contain a solvent. As a solvent, an organic solvent is mentioned. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition. Examples of the organic solvent include esters, ethers, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, and the like. For details of these, reference can be made to Paragraph No. 0223 of International Publication WO2015/166779, which is incorporated in the present specification. In addition, an ester-based solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone-based solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of the organic solvent include dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, and diethylene glycol. Glycol, Butyl acetate, Methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol Alcohol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc. In the present invention, one type of organic solvent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving solubility, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide and 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide are also preferred. However, in some cases, it is preferable to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as a solvent (for example, 50% by mass relative to the total amount of the organic solvent) in some cases. ppm (parts per million: parts per million) or less, can also be set to 10 mass ppm or less, and can also be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

在本發明中,使用金屬含量少之溶劑為較佳,溶劑的金屬含量例如係10質量ppb(parts per billion:十億分率)以下為較佳。依據需要,可以使用質量ppt(parts per trillion:兆分率)級溶劑,該種高純度溶劑例如由TOYO Gosei Co.,Ltd.提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is preferable to use a solvent with a small metal content, and the metal content of the solvent is preferably 10 parts per billion (parts per billion) or less. As needed, a quality ppt (parts per trillion: parts per trillion) grade solvent, such as a high-purity solvent provided by TOYO Gosei Co., Ltd., for example (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015), can be used.

作為從溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如,能夠舉出蒸餾(分子蒸餾、薄膜蒸餾等)或使用過濾器進行之過濾。作為在過濾中所使用之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10 μm以下為較佳,5 μm以下為更佳,3 μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。As a method for removing impurities such as metals from the solvent, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) or filtration using a filter can be cited. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

溶劑可以包含異構物(雖然原子數相同,但是結構不同之化合物)。又,異構物可以僅包含一種,亦可以包含複數種。Solvents may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, only one type of isomers may be contained, or a plurality of types may be contained.

在本發明中,有機溶劑中,過氧化物的含有率係0.8 mmol/L以下為較佳,實質上不含過氧化物為更佳。In the present invention, the organic solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably does not substantially contain a peroxide.

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總量,溶劑的含量係10~90質量%為較佳,20~80質量%為更佳,25~75質量%為進一步較佳。又,有時從環境方面等的理由考慮,畫素形成用組成物中不含作為溶劑的芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙苯等)為較佳。The content of the solvent is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and even more preferably 25 to 75% by mass relative to the total amount of the composition for forming a pixel. Moreover, it may be preferable that the composition for pixel formation does not contain aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as a solvent from the viewpoint of the environment and the like.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 畫素形成用組成物能夠含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、五倍子酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺鹽(銨鹽、亞鈰鹽等)。其中,對甲氧基苯酚為較佳。相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,聚合抑制劑的含量係0.001~5質量%為較佳。<<Polymerization inhibitor>> The composition for pixel formation can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, gallic phenol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'- Sulfur bis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine Salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. It is preferable that content of a polymerization inhibitor is 0.001-5 mass % with respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 畫素形成用組成物能夠含有矽烷偶合劑。在本發明中,矽烷偶合劑係指具有水解性基和除其以外的官能基之矽烷化合物。又,所謂水解性基,係指與矽原子直接連結,且能夠藉由水解反應及縮合反應中的至少一種產生矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基,例如可舉出鹵原子、烷氧基、醯氧基等,烷氧基為較佳。亦即,矽烷偶合劑係具有烷氧基之化合物為較佳。又,作為除水解性基以外的官能基,例如可舉出乙烯基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、巰基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、胺基、脲基、硫醚基、異氰酸酯基、苯基等,(甲基)丙烯醯基及環氧基為較佳。關於矽烷偶合劑,可舉出日本特開2009-288703號公報的段落號0018~0036中所記載之化合物、日本特開2009-242604號公報的段落號0056~0066中所記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。<<Silane coupling agent>> The composition for forming a pixel may contain a silane coupling agent. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and a functional group other than that. In addition, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent directly linked to a silicon atom and capable of generating a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. As a hydrolyzable group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, etc. are mentioned, for example, An alkoxy group is preferable. That is, it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a compound having an alkoxy group. Moreover, as a functional group other than a hydrolyzable group, vinyl group, styryl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, urea group, A thioether group, an isocyanate group, a phenyl group, etc., a (meth)acryloyl group and an epoxy group are preferable. The silane coupling agent includes the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP 2009-288703 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 0066 of JP 2009-242604 A, and the like. The contents are incorporated into this manual.

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,矽烷偶合劑的含量係0.01~15.0質量%為較佳,0.05~10.0質量%為更佳。矽烷偶合劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在為兩種以上之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0 mass %, with respect to the total solid content of the pixel forming composition. Only one type of silane coupling agent may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.

<<界面活性劑>> 畫素形成用組成物可以含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。關於界面活性劑,能夠參閱國際公開WO2015/166779號公報的段落號0238~0245,該內容被編入本說明書中。<<surfactant>> The composition for forming a pixel may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicon-based surfactant can be used. Regarding the surfactant, reference can be made to Paragraph Nos. 0238 to 0245 of International Publication WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated in the present specification.

在本發明中,界面活性劑係氟系界面活性劑為較佳。藉由在畫素形成用組成物中含有氟系界面活性劑,液特性(尤其,流動性)得到進一步提高,能夠進一步提高省液性。又,還能夠形成厚度不均小的膜。In the present invention, the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based surfactant. By including the fluorine-based surfactant in the composition for forming a pixel, the liquid properties (especially, the fluidity) are further improved, and the liquid saving property can be further improved. In addition, a film with a small thickness variation can also be formed.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3~40質量%,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性、省液性方面有效,組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40 mass %, more preferably 5 to 30 mass %, and particularly preferably 7 to 25 mass %. The fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of the thickness of the coating film and liquid saving, and also has good solubility in the composition.

作為氟系界面活性劑,具體而言,可舉出日本特開2014-41318號公報的段落號0060~0064(相對應之國際公開2014/17669號公報的段落號0060~0064)等中所記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的段落號0117~0132中所記載之界面活性劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可舉出Magaface F171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780(以上,DIC CORPORATION製)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上,Sumitomo 3M Limited製)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上,ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上,OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.製)等。Specific examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include those described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of JP 2014-41318 A (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of WO 2014/17669 A) and the like and the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0117 to 0132 of JP-A No. 2011-132503, and these contents are incorporated in this specification. Commercially available fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, Magaface F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780 (the above, DIC CORPORATION), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC -383, S-393, KH-40 (above, manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (above, manufactured by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS INC.), etc.

又,氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,關於該丙烯酸系化合物,在具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構中,若施加熱,則含有氟原子之官能基的一部分斷裂而氟原子揮發。作為該種氟系界面活性劑,可舉出DIC CORPORATION製Magaface DS系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月22日)(日經產業新聞,2016年2月23日)、例如Magaface DS-21。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, an acrylic-based compound can also be preferably used. In the molecular structure of the acrylic-based compound having a functional group containing a fluorine atom, when heat is applied, a part of the functional group containing a fluorine atom is cleaved. The fluorine atom volatilizes. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Magaface DS series manufactured by DIC CORPORATION (Chemical Industry Daily, February 22, 2016) (Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun, February 23, 2016), for example, Magaface DS-21.

又,氟系界面活性劑使用具有氟化烷基或氟化亞烷基醚基之含氟原子之乙烯基醚化合物及親水性乙烯基醚化合物的聚合物亦較佳。關於該種氟系界面活性劑,能夠參閱本特開2016-216602號公報的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a polymer of a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. Regarding such a fluorine-based surfactant, the description of JP-A No. 2016-216602 can be referred to, and the contents are incorporated in the present specification.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用嵌段聚合物。例如可舉出日本特開2011-89090號公報中所記載之化合物。氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物中包含:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。下述化合物亦作為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑而例示。 [化39]

Figure 02_image073
上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3,000~50,000,例如為14,000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。As the fluorine-based surfactant, a block polymer can also be used. For example, the compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-89090 can be mentioned. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, which includes: a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom; and a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more fluorine atoms. (Preferably 5 or more) repeating units of a (meth)acrylate compound of an alkeneoxy group (preferably an ethene group and a propoxy group). The following compounds are also exemplified as the fluorine-based surfactant used in the present invention. [Chemical 39]
Figure 02_image073
The weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above-mentioned compounds, the % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%.

又,氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的段落號0050~0090及段落號0289~0295中所記載之化合物、例如DIC CORPORATION製Magaface RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的段落號0015~0158中所記載之化合物。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluoropolymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0050 to 0090 and paragraphs 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, for example, Magaface RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION, Inc. RS-72-K, etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP 2015-117327 A can also be used.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可舉出甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,甘油丙氧基化物、甘油乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製)、Solsperse 20000(Japan Lubrizol Corporation製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.製)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate) base, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol diethyl ether Laurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901 , 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), PIONIN D-6112, D-6112- W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為矽系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上,Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上,Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上,Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上,BYK-Chemie Corporation製)等。Examples of silicon-based surfactants include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (above, Dow Corning Toray Co. , Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (above, made by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 (above, Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (above, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Corporation), and the like.

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,界面活性劑的含量係0.001質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.005~3.0質量%為更佳。界面活性劑可以僅為一種,亦可以為兩種以上。在為兩種以上之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 5.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the composition for forming a pixel. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above range.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 畫素形成用組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑,能夠使用共軛二烯化合物、胺基丁二烯化合物、甲基二苯甲醯基化合物、香豆素化合物、水楊酸化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥苯基三𠯤化合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208374號公報的段落號0052~0072、日本特開2013-68814號公報的段落號0317~0334的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。作為共軛二烯化合物的市售品,例如可舉出UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可以使用MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO.,LTD.製MYUA系列(化學工業日報,2016年2月1日)。作為紫外線吸收劑,由式(UV-1)~式(UV-3)表示之化合物為較佳,由式(UV-1)或式(UV-3)表示之化合物為更佳,由式(UV-1)表示之化合物為進一步較佳。 [化40]

Figure 02_image075
<<Ultraviolet absorber>> The composition for forming a pixel can contain an ultraviolet absorber. As the ultraviolet absorber, conjugated diene compounds, aminobutadiene compounds, methyldibenzyl compounds, coumarin compounds, salicylic acid compounds, benzophenone compounds, and benzotriazole compounds can be used , acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyl tris 𠯤 compounds, etc. For details of these, reference can be made to the descriptions of paragraphs 0052 to 0072 of JP 2012-208374 A and paragraphs 0317 to 0334 of JP 2013-68814 A, which are incorporated in the present specification. As a commercial item of a conjugated diene compound, UV-503 (made by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.) etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, as a benzotriazole compound, the MYUA series (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016) manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. can be used. As the ultraviolet absorber, compounds represented by formula (UV-1) to formula (UV-3) are preferable, and compounds represented by formula (UV-1) or formula (UV-3) are more preferable. Compounds represented by UV-1) are further preferred. [Chemical 40]
Figure 02_image075

式(UV-1)中,R101 及R102 各自獨立地表示取代基,m1及m2分別獨立地表示0~4。式(UV-2)中,R201 及R202 各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,R203 及R204 各自獨立地表示取代基。式(UV-3)中,R301 ~R303 各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,R304 及R305 各自獨立地表示取代基。In formula (UV-1), R 101 and R 102 each independently represent a substituent, and m1 and m2 each independently represent 0 to 4. In formula (UV-2), R 201 and R 202 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R 203 and R 204 each independently represent a substituent. In formula (UV-3), R 301 to R 303 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R 304 and R 305 each independently represent a substituent.

作為由式(UV-1)~式(UV-3)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出以下化合物。 [化41]

Figure 02_image077
As a specific example of the compound represented by Formula (UV-1) - Formula (UV-3), the following compounds are mentioned. [Chemical 41]
Figure 02_image077

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,紫外線吸收劑的含量係0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳。在本發明中,紫外線吸收劑可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, with respect to the total solid content of the composition for forming a pixel. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<抗氧化劑>> 畫素形成用組成物能夠含有抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用作為酚系抗氧化劑而周知之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代之烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑係在同一分子內具有苯酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦較佳。又,抗氧化劑還能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二噁磷環庚烷-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四第三丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二噁磷環庚烷-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、亞磷酸酯乙基雙(2,4-二-第三丁基-6-甲基苯基)等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如可舉出ADKSTAB AO-20、ADKSTAB AO-30、ADKSTAB AO-40、ADKSTAB AO-50、ADKSTAB AO-50F、ADKSTAB AO-60、ADKSTAB AO-60G、ADKSTAB AO-80、ADKSTAB AO-330(以上,ADEKA CORPORATION製)等。<<Antioxidant>> The composition for pixel formation can contain an antioxidant. As an antioxidant, a phenol compound, a phosphite compound, a thioether compound, etc. are mentioned. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant can be used. A hindered phenol compound is mentioned as a preferable phenol compound. A compound having a substituent at a position adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group (ortho position) is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferable. Moreover, it is also preferable that the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, as an antioxidant, a phosphorus-based antioxidant can also be preferably used. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]bis Oxaphosphocycloheptan-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetratert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3, 2] Dioxaphosphocycloheptan-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, phosphite ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) and the like. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include ADKSTAB AO-20, ADKSTAB AO-30, ADKSTAB AO-40, ADKSTAB AO-50, ADKSTAB AO-50F, ADKSTAB AO-60, ADKSTAB AO-60G, ADKSTAB AO- 80. ADKSTAB AO-330 (above, made by ADEKA CORPORATION), etc.

相對於畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,抗氧化劑的含量係0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.3~15質量%為更佳。抗氧化劑可以僅使用一種,亦可以使用兩種以上。在使用兩種以上之情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.3 to 15 mass %, with respect to the total solid content of the composition for pixel formation. As for the antioxidant, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<其他成分>> 依據需要,畫素形成用組成物可以含有增感劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、香料、表面張力調節劑、鏈轉移劑等)。藉由適當地含有該等成分,能夠調整膜物性等性質。關於該等成分,例如能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的段落號0183以後(相對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的段落號0237)的記載、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0101~0104、0107~0109等的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。<<Other Components>> As needed, the composition for pixel formation may contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, foaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, properties such as film properties can be adjusted. For these components, for example, refer to the descriptions in paragraph No. 0183 of JP-A No. 2012-003225 (corresponding to paragraph No. 0237 in the specification of US Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013/0034812 ), JP-A No. 2008-250074 The descriptions of paragraph numbers 0101 to 0104, and 0107 to 0109 of the gazette are incorporated into this specification.

例如,在藉由塗佈形成膜之情形下,畫素形成用組成物的黏度(23℃)係1~100 mPa・s為較佳。下限係2 mPa・s以上為更佳,3 mPa・s以上為進一步較佳。上限係50 mPa・s以下為更佳,30 mPa・s以下為更佳,15 mPa・s以下尤為佳。For example, in the case of forming a film by coating, the viscosity (23° C.) of the composition for pixel formation is preferably 1 to 100 mPa·s. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mPa・s or more, and more preferably 3 mPa・s or more. The upper limit is preferably 50 mPa・s or less, more preferably 30 mPa・s or less, and particularly preferably 15 mPa・s or less.

<收容容器> 作為畫素形成用組成物的收容容器,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,為了抑制雜質混入原材料或組成物中,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶子或將6種樹脂作成7層結構之瓶子亦較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報所記載之容器。<Storage container> It does not specifically limit as a storage container of the composition for pixel formation, A well-known storage container can be used. In addition, as the container, in order to suppress the contamination of impurities into the raw material or the composition, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle having the inner wall of the container composed of 6 kinds of 6-layer resin, or a bottle having 7-layer structure of 6 kinds of resin. As such a container, the container described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-123351 is mentioned, for example.

<畫素形成用組成物的製備方法> 畫素形成用組成物能夠混合前述成分來製備。製備畫素形成用組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解或分散於溶劑中來製備畫素形成用組成物,亦可以依據需要,預先製備適當地摻合各成分而得到之兩種以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)將該等進行混合而製備成畫素形成用組成物。<The preparation method of the composition for pixel formation> The composition for pixel formation can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the composition for pixel formation, the composition for pixel formation may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing all components in a solvent at the same time, or two or more solutions obtained by appropriately blending each component may be prepared in advance as required. or dispersion liquid, and these are mixed at the time of use (at the time of coating) to prepare a composition for pixel formation.

又,在畫素形成用組成物包含顏料等的粒子之情形下,包含使粒子分散之製程為較佳。在使粒子分散之製程中,作為用於粒子的分散之機械力,可舉出壓縮、壓榨、衝擊、剪斷、氣蝕等。作為該等製程的具體例,可舉出珠磨、砂磨、輥磨、球磨、塗料攪拌器、微射流、高速葉輪、混砂、噴射流混合、高壓濕式微粒化、超聲波分散等。又,在砂磨(珠磨)中的粒子的粉碎中,以如下條件處理為較佳:藉由使用直徑較小之微珠,且提高微珠的填充率來提高粉碎效率。又,在粉碎處理之後藉由過濾、離心分離等來去除粗粒子為較佳。又,關於使粒子分散之製程及分散機,能夠較佳地使用“分散技術大全、株式會社資訊機構發行,2005年7月15日”或“圍繞懸浮液(固體/液體分散體系)之分散技術與工業上的實際應用綜合資料集,經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日”、日本特開2015-157893號公報的段落號0022中所記載的製程及分散機。又,在使粒子分散之製程中,可以在鹽磨步驟中進行粒子的微細化處。關於鹽磨步驟中所使用之原材料、設備、處理條件等,例如能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載。Moreover, when the composition for pixel formation contains particles such as pigments, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the particles. In the process of dispersing particles, compression, pressing, impact, shearing, cavitation, etc. are mentioned as mechanical force for dispersing the particles. Specific examples of these processes include bead milling, sand milling, roll milling, ball milling, paint stirrer, microjet, high-speed impeller, sand mixing, jet mixing, high-pressure wet micronization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, in the grinding of particles in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to treat with the following conditions: by using microbeads with a small diameter and increasing the filling rate of the microbeads, the grinding efficiency is improved. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, as for the process and dispersing machine for dispersing particles, "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, Issued by Information Agency Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology Around Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System)" can be preferably used. The process and dispersing machine described in the "Comprehensive Document Collection on Industrial Applications, Published by the Publishing Department of the Management Development Center, October 10, 1978", Paragraph No. 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-157893. In addition, in the process of dispersing the particles, it is possible to refine the particles in the salt milling step. Regarding the raw materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling step, for example, the descriptions of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-046629 can be referred to.

製備畫素形成用組成物時,為了去除異物或降低缺陷等,利用過濾器過濾畫素形成用組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要係一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠並無特別限定地進行使用。例如,可舉出使用了聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯烴樹脂)等原材料之過濾器。在該等原材料中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。 過濾器的孔徑適合為0.01~7.0 μm左右,較佳為0.01~3.0 μm左右,進而較佳為0.05~0.5 μm左右。若過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍內,則能夠可靠地去除微細的異物。又,使用纖維狀過濾材料亦較佳。作為纖維狀過濾材料,例如可舉出聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等。具體而言,可舉出ROKI TECHNO CO.,LTD.製SBP型系列(SBP008等)、TPR型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX型系列(SHPX003等)的濾芯。When preparing the composition for pixel formation, it is preferable to filter the composition for pixel formation with a filter in order to remove foreign matter, reduce defects, and the like. As a filter, as long as it is a filter conventionally used for filtration applications, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg, nylon-6, nylon-6,6), and polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (PP) are used. (Containing high-density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resin) and other raw materials filters. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred. The pore size of the filter is preferably about 0.01 to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.05 to 0.5 μm. When the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be reliably removed. Moreover, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material. As a fibrous filter material, polypropylene fiber, nylon fiber, glass fiber, etc. are mentioned, for example. Specifically, ROKI TECHNO CO., LTD. SBP type series (SBP008 etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005 etc.), SHPX type series (SHPX003 etc.) filter element is mentioned.

當使用過濾器時,可以組合不同的過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,利用各過濾器之過濾可以只進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。 又,亦可以組合在上述範圍內孔徑不同之過濾器。此處的孔徑能夠參閱過濾器廠商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如能夠從NIHON PALLLTD.(DFA4201NIEY等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha,LTD.、Nihon Entegris K.K.(舊Nippon Mykrolis Corporation)或KITZ MICRO FILTER Corporation等所提供之各種過濾器中選擇。 第2過濾器能夠使用由與第1過濾器相同的原材料等形成者。 又,利用第1過濾器之過濾僅對分散液進行,亦可以在混合其他成分之後,用第2過濾器進行過濾。 [實施例]When using filters, different filters can be combined (eg, 1st filter and 2nd filter, etc.). At this time, the filtration by each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. In addition, filters having different pore sizes within the above range may be combined. The pore size here can refer to the filter manufacturer's nominal value. As commercially available filters, for example, it is possible to select from various filters provided by NIHON PALLLTD. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, LTD., Nihon Entegris K.K. (former Nippon Mykrolis Corporation), KITZ MICRO FILTER Corporation, and the like. The second filter can be formed from the same material or the like as the first filter. In addition, the filtration with the 1st filter is performed only with respect to a dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, filtration with a 2nd filter may be performed. [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步具體的說明。以下實施例中所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的宗旨,則能夠適當地變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。另外,只要並無特別說明,“份”、“%”為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, "part" and "%" are based on mass.

<抗蝕劑組成物的黏度的測量方法> 將調整為25℃的溫度之抗蝕劑組成物1.2 ml放入RE-85L(Toki Sangyo Co.,Ltd製)中,並使用高黏度用轉子來測量了抗蝕劑組成物的黏度。<Method for measuring the viscosity of the resist composition> 1.2 ml of the resist composition adjusted to a temperature of 25° C. was put into RE-85L (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and a high-viscosity rotor was used. The viscosity of the resist composition was measured.

<抗蝕劑組成物的製備> (抗蝕劑組成物1~8) 混合下述原料來製備了抗蝕劑組成物1~8。另外,對抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度,藉由丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)的含量來進行了調整。關於製備抗蝕劑組成物時所使用之樹脂、抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度、抗蝕劑組成物在25℃下的黏度,一併記載於下述表中。 下述表中所記載之樹脂A~E:29.581質量份 光酸產生劑(下述結構的化合物):0.358質量份 [化42]

Figure 02_image079
酸擴散控制劑(下述結構的化合物):0.016質量份 [化43]
Figure 02_image081
界面活性劑(Magaface R-41,DIC CORPORATION製):0.045質量份 PGMEA:剩餘部分 丙二醇單甲醚:15.000質量份<Preparation of resist composition> (Resist composition 1-8) The following raw material was mixed, and the resist composition 1-8 was prepared. In addition, the solid content concentration of the resist composition was adjusted by the content of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). The resin used for preparing the resist composition, the solid content concentration of the resist composition, and the viscosity of the resist composition at 25° C. are collectively described in the following table. Resins A to E described in the following table: 29.581 parts by mass Photoacid generator (compound of the following structure): 0.358 parts by mass
Figure 02_image079
Acid diffusion control agent (compound of the following structure): 0.016 parts by mass [Chem. 43]
Figure 02_image081
Surfactant (Magaface R-41, manufactured by DIC CORPORATION): 0.045 parts by mass PGMEA: remainder propylene glycol monomethyl ether: 15.000 parts by mass

[表1]

Figure 107120372-A0304-0001
[Table 1]
Figure 107120372-A0304-0001

樹脂A:下述結構的樹脂。在重複單元標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=22,000,大西參數=2.87) 樹脂B:下述結構的樹脂。在重複單元標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=21,000,大西參數=2.84) 樹脂C:下述結構的樹脂。在重複單元標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=18,000,大西參數=2.74) 樹脂D:下述結構的樹脂。在重複單元標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=20,000,大西參數=2.73) 樹脂E:下述結構的樹脂。在重複單元標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=19,000,大西參數=2.54) 另外,樹脂的組成比(重複單元的莫耳比)藉由1 H-NMR(核磁共掁)或13 C-NMR測量而算出。樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw:聚苯乙烯換算)藉由GPC(溶劑:THF)測量而算出。樹脂的大西參數藉由下述式而算出。 大西參數=C、H及O的原子數之和/(C原子數-O原子數)Resin A: Resin of the following structure. Values marked in repeating units are molar ratios. Mw=22,000, Onishi parameter=2.87) Resin B: Resin of the following structure. Values marked in repeating units are molar ratios. Mw=21,000, Onishi parameter=2.84) Resin C: Resin of the following structure. Values marked in repeating units are molar ratios. Mw=18,000, Onishi parameter=2.74) Resin D: Resin of the following structure. Values marked in repeating units are molar ratios. Mw=20,000, Onishi parameter=2.73) Resin E: Resin of the following structure. Values marked in repeating units are molar ratios. Mw=19,000, Onishi parameter=2.54) In addition, the composition ratio of resin (molar ratio of repeating unit) was calculated by 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) or 13 C-NMR measurement. The weight average molecular weight (Mw: polystyrene conversion) of resin was calculated by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement. The Onishi parameter of the resin was calculated by the following formula. Onishi parameter = the sum of the atomic numbers of C, H and O / (the number of C atoms - the number of O atoms)

[化44]

Figure 02_image083
[Chemical 44]
Figure 02_image083

<彩色濾光片用組成物(綠色(Green)組成物、紅色(Red)組成物、藍色(Blue)組成物)的製備> <<綠色組成物>> 在攪拌以下成分之後,用孔徑為0.45 μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾而製備了固體成分中的色材濃度為49質量%之綠色組成物。 綠色顏料分散液……81.3 g 聚合性化合物1……3.89 g 樹脂1……3.44 g 光聚合起始劑1……0.51 g 光聚合起始劑2……0.36 g 添加劑1……0.38 g 界面活性劑1……0.01 g 聚合抑制劑1……0.001 g 溶劑1……9.7 g<Preparation of the composition for color filters (green (Green) composition, red (Red) composition, blue (Blue) composition)> <<Green composition>> After stirring the following components, use a pore size of It filtered with a 0.45 μm nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) to prepare a green composition having a color material concentration of 49% by mass in the solid content. Green pigment dispersion liquid...81.3 g Polymerizable compound 1...3.89 g Resin 1...3.44 g Photopolymerization initiator 1...0.51 g Photopolymerization initiator 2...0.36 g Additive 1...0.38 g Interfacial activity Agent 1…0.01 g Polymerization Inhibitor 1…0.001 g Solvent 1…9.7 g

<<紅色組成物>> 在攪拌以下成分之後,用孔徑為0.45 μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾而製備了固體成分中的色材濃度為50質量%之紅色組成物。 紅色顏料分散液……59.5 g 聚合性化合物2……1.15 g 樹脂1……1.39 g 光聚合起始劑1……0.40 g 界面活性劑2……0.04 g 聚合抑制劑1……0.0004 g 溶劑1……8.1 g 溶劑2……29.4 g<<Red composition>> After stirring the following components, it was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare a red composition having a color material concentration of 50% by mass in the solid content . Red pigment dispersion liquid...59.5 g Polymerizable compound 2...1.15 g Resin 1...1.39 g Photopolymerization initiator 1...0.40 g Surfactant 2...0.04 g Polymerization inhibitor 1...0.0004 g Solvent 1 ...8.1 g Solvent 2...29.4 g

<<藍色組成物>> 在攪拌以下成分之後,用孔徑為0.45 μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾而製備了固體成分中的色材濃度為36質量%之藍色組成物。 藍色顏料分散液……29.6 g 聚合性化合物1……4.74 g 樹脂1……3.36g 光聚合起始劑1……1.13 g 界面活性劑2……0.03 g 聚合抑制劑1……0.001 g 溶劑1……26.7 g 溶劑2……34.4 g<<Blue composition>> After stirring the following components, it was filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) having a pore size of 0.45 μm to prepare blue with a color material concentration of 36% by mass in the solid content composition. Blue pigment dispersion liquid... 29.6 g Polymerizable compound 1... 4.74 g Resin 1... 3.36 g Photopolymerization initiator 1... 1.13 g Surfactant 2... 0.03 g Polymerization inhibitor 1... 0.001 g Solvent 1…26.7 g Solvent 2…34.4 g

(綠色顏料分散液) 在混合有9.2質量份的C.I.Pigment Green 58、2.3質量份的C.I.Pigment Yellow 185、1.7質量份的顏料衍生物1、4.0質量份的分散劑1及82.8質量份的丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合液中,添加直徑為0.3 mm的氧化鋯微珠230質量份,利用塗料攪拌器進行3小時的分散處理,並藉由過濾分離微珠而製備了綠色顏料分散液。關於該綠色顏料分散液,固體成分含量為17.2質量%,顏料含量為11.5質量%。 顏料衍生物1:下述結構的化合物。下述結構式中,Et為乙基。 [化45]

Figure 02_image085
分散劑1:下述結構的樹脂(Mw=26000,在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比,在側鏈上標記之數值為重複單元的數量。) [化46]
Figure 02_image087
(Green Pigment Dispersion) 9.2 parts by mass of CI Pigment Green 58, 2.3 parts by mass of CI Pigment Yellow 185, 1.7 parts by mass of Pigment Derivative 1, 4.0 parts by mass of Dispersant 1, and 82.8 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether were mixed To the mixed solution of acetate (PGMEA), 230 parts by mass of zirconia microbeads with a diameter of 0.3 mm were added, and a dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours using a paint stirrer, and the microbeads were separated by filtration to prepare a green pigment dispersion. . About this green pigment dispersion liquid, solid content content was 17.2 mass %, and a pigment content was 11.5 mass %. Pigment Derivative 1: A compound of the following structure. In the following structural formula, Et is an ethyl group. [Chemical 45]
Figure 02_image085
Dispersant 1: Resin of the following structure (Mw=26000, the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units.) [Chem. 46]
Figure 02_image087

(紅色顏料分散液) 在混合有8.76質量份的C.I.Pigment Red 254、3.24質量份的C.I.Pigment Yellow 139、9.0質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYK Chemie GmbH製)及79.0質量份的PGMEA之混合液中,添加直徑為0.3 mm的氧化鋯微珠230質量份,利用塗料攪拌器進行3小時的分散處理,並藉由過濾分離微珠而製備了紅色顏料分散液。關於該紅色顏料分散液,固體成分含量為21.0質量%,顏料含量為12.0質量%。(Red Pigment Dispersion Liquid) 8.76 parts by mass of CI Pigment Red 254, 3.24 parts by mass of CI Pigment Yellow 139, 9.0 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH), and 79.0 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed. To the mixed liquid, 230 parts by mass of zirconia microbeads having a diameter of 0.3 mm was added, and dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours using a paint stirrer, and the microbeads were separated by filtration to prepare a red pigment dispersion liquid. About this red pigment dispersion liquid, the solid content content was 21.0 mass %, and the pigment content was 12.0 mass %.

(藍色顏料分散液) 在混合有10.1質量份的C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6、2.7質量份的C.I.Pigment Violet 23、5.0質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYK Chemie GmbH製)及82.2質量份的PGMEA之混合液中,添加直徑為0.3 mm的氧化鋯微珠230質量份,利用塗料攪拌器進行3小時的分散處理,並藉由過濾分離微珠而製備了藍色顏料分散液。關於該藍色顏料分散液,固體成分含量為17.8質量%,顏料含量為12.8質量%。(Blue Pigment Dispersion) 10.1 parts by mass of CI Pigment Blue 15:6, 2.7 parts by mass of CI Pigment Violet 23, 5.0 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH) and 82.2 parts by mass were mixed 230 parts by mass of zirconia microbeads with a diameter of 0.3 mm were added to the mixed solution of PGMEA of 2000 , and a dispersion treatment was performed for 3 hours using a paint stirrer, and the beads were separated by filtration to prepare a blue pigment dispersion. About this blue pigment dispersion liquid, solid content content was 17.8 mass %, and a pigment content was 12.8 mass %.

(聚合性化合物) 聚合性化合物1:NK ESTER A-TMMT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製) 聚合性化合物2:NK ESTER A-DPH-12E(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)(Polymerizable compound) Polymerizable compound 1: NK ESTER A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Polymerizable compound 2: NK ESTER A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. )

(樹脂) 樹脂1:ACRYCURE RD-F8(Nippon Shokubai Co.,Ltd.製)(Resin) Resin 1: ACRYCURE RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)

(光聚合起始劑) 光聚合起始劑1:IRGACURE OXE01(BASF製) 光聚合起始劑2:IRGACURE OXE03(BASF製)(Photopolymerization initiator) Photopolymerization initiator 1: IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF) Photopolymerization initiator 2: IRGACURE OXE03 (manufactured by BASF)

(界面活性劑) 界面活性劑1:KF-6002(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製) 界面活性劑2:下述混合物(Mw=14000)。下述式中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。 [化47]

Figure 02_image089
(Surfactant) Surfactant 1: KF-6002 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) Surfactant 2: The following mixture (Mw=14000). In the following formula, the % representing the ratio of the repeating unit is mol%. [Chemical 47]
Figure 02_image089

聚合抑制劑1:4-甲氧基苯酚 添加劑1:EHPE3150(Daicel Corporation.製) 溶劑1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) 溶劑2:乙酸丁酯Polymerization inhibitor 1: 4-Methoxyphenol Additive 1: EHPE3150 (manufactured by Daicel Corporation) Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) Solvent 2: Butyl acetate

<紅外線截止濾波器用組成物的製備> 在攪拌以下成分之後,利用孔徑為0.45 μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾而製備了紅外線截止濾波器用組成物。 紅外線吸收色素分散液……43.8 g 下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=10,000,酸值=70mgKOH/g)……5.5 g [化48]

Figure 02_image091
聚合性化合物(NK ESTER A-TMMT,Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)……3.2 g 聚合性化合物(KAYARAD DPHA,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)……3.2 g 光聚合起始劑(IRGACURE OXE01,BASF製)……1.0 g 紫外線吸收劑(下述結構的化合物)……1.6 g [化49]
Figure 02_image093
・界面活性劑(上述界面活性劑2)……0.025 g ・聚合抑制劑(4-甲氧基苯酚)……0.003 g ・抗氧化劑(ADKSTABAO-80,ADEKA CORPORATION製)……0.2 g ・PGMEA……41.5 g<Preparation of composition for infrared cut filter> After stirring the following components, it was filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a composition for infrared cut filter. Infrared absorption pigment dispersion liquid...43.8 g Resin of the following structure (The value marked on the main chain is molar ratio. Mw=10,000, acid value=70 mgKOH/g)...5.5 g [Chem. 48]
Figure 02_image091
Polymerizable compound (NK ESTER A-TMMT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) ...... 3.2 g Polymerizable compound (KAYARAD DPHA, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) ...... 3.2 g Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE OXE01, manufactured by BASF) ...... 1.0 g UV absorber (compound of the following structure) ...... 1.6 g [Chem. 49]
Figure 02_image093
・Surfactant (Surfactant 2 above)...0.025 g ・Polymerization inhibitor (4-methoxyphenol)...0.003 g ・Antioxidant (ADKSTABAO-80, manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION)...0.2 g ・PGMEA... …41.5 g

(紅外線吸收色素分散液的製備) 在混合有2.5質量份的紅外線吸收色素1、0.5質量份的顏料衍生物2、1.8質量份的分散劑2及39.0質量份的PGMEA之混合液中,添加直徑為0.3 mm的氧化鋯微珠230質量份,利用塗料攪拌器進行3小時的分散處理,並利用過濾分離微珠而製備了紅外線吸收色素分散液。 紅外線吸收色素1:下述結構的化合物。下述結構式中,Ph為苯基。 [化50]

Figure 02_image095
顏料衍生物2:下述結構的化合物。下述結構式中,Ph為苯基。 [化51]
Figure 02_image097
分散劑2:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比,在側鏈上標記之數值為重複單元的數量。Mw=21000) [化52]
Figure 02_image099
(Preparation of Infrared Absorbing Pigment Dispersion Liquid) In a mixed liquid of 2.5 parts by mass of infrared absorbing dye 1, 0.5 parts by mass of pigment derivative 2, 1.8 parts by mass of dispersant 2, and 39.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, a diameter of 230 parts by mass of 0.3 mm zirconia microbeads were dispersed with a paint stirrer for 3 hours, and the beads were separated by filtration to prepare an infrared-absorbing pigment dispersion liquid. Infrared absorbing dye 1: a compound of the following structure. In the following structural formula, Ph is a phenyl group. [Chemical 50]
Figure 02_image095
Pigment Derivative 2: A compound of the following structure. In the following structural formula, Ph is a phenyl group. [Chemical 51]
Figure 02_image097
Dispersant 2: Resin of the following structure (The value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw=21000) [Chem. 52]
Figure 02_image099

<紅外線透射濾波器用組成物的製備> 在攪拌以下成分之後,利用孔徑為0.45 μm的尼龍製過濾器(NIHON PALL LTD.製)進行過濾而製備了紅外線透射濾波器用組成物。 顏料分散液Y-1……23.8 g 顏料分散液V-1……41.4 g 聚合性化合物(KAYARAD RP-1040,Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製)……0.9 g 聚合性化合物(ARONIX TO-2349,TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)……2.1 g 光聚合起始劑(IRGACURE OXE02,BASF製)……0.74 g 下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=10,000,酸值=70 mgKOH/g)……1.4 g [化53]

Figure 02_image101
紫外線吸收劑(UV-503,DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製)……0.4 g 界面活性劑(上述界面活性劑2)……0.008 g 聚合抑制劑(4-甲氧基苯酚)……0.002 g PGMEA……29.2 g<Preparation of Composition for Infrared Transmitting Filter> After stirring the following components, it was filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by NIHON PALL LTD.) having a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a composition for an infrared transmissive filter. Pigment dispersion Y-1...23.8 g Pigment dispersion V-1...41.4 g Polymerizable compound (KAYARAD RP-1040, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)...0.9 g Polymerizable compound (ARONIX TO-2349 , manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) ...... 2.1 g Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE OXE02, manufactured by BASF) ...... 0.74 g Resin of the following structure (The value marked on the main chain is molar ratio. Mw=10,000 , acid value = 70 mgKOH/g) ...... 1.4 g [Chem. 53]
Figure 02_image101
Ultraviolet absorber (UV-503, manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD)...0.4 g Surfactant (Surface Active Agent 2 above)...0.008 g Polymerization inhibitor (4-methoxyphenol)...0.002 g PGMEA ...29.2 g

(顏料分散液Y-1的製備) 在混合有2.5質量份的C.I.Pigment Yellow 139、1.6質量份的顏料衍生物1、4.4質量份的分散劑1及83.0質量份的PGMEA之混合液中,添加直徑為0.3 mm的氧化鋯微珠230質量份,利用塗料攪拌器進行3小時的分散處理,並藉由過濾分離微珠而製備了顏料分散液Y-1。(Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquid Y-1) To a mixed liquid of 2.5 parts by mass of CI Pigment Yellow 139, 1.6 parts by mass of Pigment Derivative 1, 4.4 parts by mass of Dispersant 1, and 83.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, added 230 parts by mass of zirconia microbeads having a diameter of 0.3 mm were dispersed for 3 hours using a paint stirrer, and the microbeads were separated by filtration to prepare a pigment dispersion liquid Y-1.

(顏料分散液V-1的製備) 在混合有14.2質量份的C.I.Pigment Violet 23、2.0質量份的分散劑3、3.8質量份的分散劑4及83.0質量份的PGMEA之混合液中,添加直徑為0.3 mm的氧化鋯微珠230質量份,利用塗料攪拌器進行3小時的分散處理,並藉由過濾分離微珠而製造了顏料分散液V-1。 分散劑3:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw=10,000,酸值=70 mgKOH/g) [化54]

Figure 02_image103
分散劑4:Disperbyk-111,BYK Chemie GmbH製(Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquid V-1) In a mixed liquid of 14.2 parts by mass of CI Pigment Violet 23, 2.0 parts by mass of Dispersant 3, 3.8 parts by mass of Dispersant 4, and 83.0 parts by mass of PGMEA, the addition diameter of 230 parts by mass of 0.3 mm zirconia microbeads were dispersed with a paint stirrer for 3 hours, and the microbeads were separated by filtration to produce Pigment Dispersion V-1. Dispersant 3: Resin of the following structure (The values marked on the main chain are molar ratios. Mw=10,000, acid value=70 mgKOH/g) [Chemical 54]
Figure 02_image103
Dispersant 4: Disperbyk-111, manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH

<裝置的製造>製造例1 (實施例1~實施例8、比較例2) 使用p型矽基板來作為支撐體。藉由離子植入將硼導入到p型矽基板,並進行熱處理,藉此形成了表面濃度約為2×1016 cm-3 的n型井。在p型矽基板的形成有n型井之側的表面,塗佈下述表中所記載之抗蝕劑組成物,並進行圖案形成,藉此形成了下述表中所記載之膜厚的抗蝕劑圖案。另外,以藉由離子植入形成之光二極體部的一個邊成為1.75 μm之方式形成了抗蝕劑圖案。 接著,將抗蝕劑圖案作為遮罩,並藉由離子植入法,在摻雜量為2×1013 cm-2 、能量為80 KeV之條件下將磷植入到支撐體而形成了p層的光二極體部。接著,在支撐體及抗蝕劑圖案上形成SiO2 膜來作為閘極氧化膜之後,剝離去除了抗蝕劑圖案。藉由該操作,僅在光二極體部上形成閘極氧化膜。 接著,藉由離子植入法,在摻雜量為2×1012 cm-2 、能量為35 KeV之條件下將硼植入到剝離抗蝕劑圖案而得之支撐體,形成了p型第1溝道摻雜區域。接著,在支撐體上形成覆蓋光二極體部及第1溝道摻雜區域之抗蝕劑圖案,將該抗蝕劑圖案作為遮罩,藉由離子植入法,在摻雜量為6×1012 cm-2 、能量為50 KeV之條件下植入磷,形成了n型第2溝道摻雜區域。 接著,在剝離抗蝕劑圖案之後,在支撐體上形成摻雜有磷之多晶矽控制電極並進行圖案形成來形成了控制電極。接著,依據公知的方法,形成了MOS(metal-oxide-semiconductor:金屬氧化物半導體)電晶體。接著,依據公知的方法,依次形成了第1層間絕緣膜、接點、第1金屬配線、第2層間絕緣膜、連接第1金屬配線和第2金屬配線之通孔、第2金屬配線及鈍化膜。如此,製造了受光元件。<Manufacture of device> Manufacturing Example 1 (Example 1 to Example 8, Comparative Example 2) A p-type silicon substrate was used as a support. Boron was introduced into the p-type silicon substrate by ion implantation, and heat treatment was performed, thereby forming an n-type well with a surface concentration of about 2×10 16 cm −3 . On the surface of the p-type silicon substrate on the side where the n-type wells are formed, the resist composition described in the following table is applied and patterned, whereby a film having the film thickness described in the following table is formed. resist pattern. Moreover, a resist pattern was formed so that one side of the photodiode part formed by ion implantation might become 1.75 micrometers. Next, using the resist pattern as a mask, by ion implantation, phosphorus was implanted into the support under the conditions of doping amount of 2×10 13 cm -2 and energy of 80 KeV to form p the photodiode portion of the layer. Next, after forming a SiO 2 film as a gate oxide film on the support and the resist pattern, the resist pattern was removed by lift-off. By this operation, the gate oxide film is formed only on the photodiode portion. Next, by ion implantation, boron was implanted into the support obtained by stripping the resist pattern under the conditions of doping amount of 2×10 12 cm -2 and energy of 35 KeV, forming a p-type first 1 channel doped region. Next, a resist pattern covering the photodiode portion and the first channel doping region is formed on the support, and the resist pattern is used as a mask, and the doping amount is 6× by an ion implantation method. Phosphorus was implanted under the conditions of 10 12 cm -2 and energy of 50 KeV to form the n-type second channel doped region. Next, after peeling off the resist pattern, a polysilicon control electrode doped with phosphorus is formed on the support and patterning is performed to form the control electrode. Next, according to a known method, a MOS (metal-oxide-semiconductor: metal-oxide-semiconductor) transistor is formed. Next, according to a known method, a first interlayer insulating film, a contact point, a first metal wiring, a second interlayer insulating film, a through hole connecting the first metal wiring and the second metal wiring, a second metal wiring and passivation are sequentially formed. membrane. In this way, the light-receiving element was manufactured.

藉由旋塗法,將上述紅外線截止濾波器用組成物塗佈於上述步驟中所製作之受光元件,以使製膜後的膜厚成為1.0 μm。接著,利用加熱板,以100℃加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用KrF曝光機(Canon Inc.製,FPA-6000ES6a),介隔具有1 μm見方的拜耳圖案之遮罩,以500 mJ/cm2 的曝光量藉由KrF線(波長為248 nm)進行了曝光。 接著,使用氫氧化四甲銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,以23℃進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進而用純水進行了水洗。接著,使用加熱板,以200℃加熱5分鐘,藉此形成1 μm見方的拜耳圖案(紅外線截止層的畫素)並形成了紅外線截止濾波器。 接著,藉由旋塗法,將上述綠色組成物塗佈於紅外線截止層的畫素上,以使製膜後的膜厚成為0.5 μm。接著,使用加熱板,以100℃加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用KrF曝光機(Canon Inc.製,FPA-6000ES6a),介隔具有畫素尺寸為1 μm見方的拜耳圖案之遮罩,以200 mJ/cm2 的曝光量藉由KrF線進行了曝光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,以23℃進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進而用純水進行了水洗。接著,使用加熱板,以200℃加熱5分鐘,藉此在紅外線截止層的畫素上形成了綠色畫素。 關於上述紅色組成物及藍色組成物,與上述同樣地進行塗佈,以使膜厚成為0.5 μm,使用i射線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製),介隔具有畫素尺寸為1 μm見方的拜耳圖案之遮罩,以200 mJ/cm2 的曝光量藉由i射線進行曝光並顯影,依次進行圖案形成,在紅外線截止層的畫素上分別形成紅色畫素及藍色畫素,從而形成了彩色濾光片。 接著,藉由旋塗法,在形成有上述彩色濾光片之受光元件上塗佈了紅外線透射濾波器層形成用組成物,以使製膜後的膜厚成為0.5 μm。接著,使用加熱板,以100℃加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用KrF曝光機(Canon Inc.製,FPA-6000ES6a),介隔具有畫素尺寸為1 μm見方的拜耳圖案之遮罩,以300 mJ/cm2 的曝光量,藉由KrF線進行了曝光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,以23℃進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進而用純水進行了水洗。接著,使用加熱板,以200℃加熱5分鐘,藉此在紅外線截止層的畫素的遺漏部分形成紅外線透射層的畫素,從而形成了紅外線透射濾波器。依據公知的方法,將其嵌入固態攝像元件中而製造了裝置。The above-mentioned composition for an infrared cut filter was applied to the light-receiving element produced in the above-mentioned steps by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation was 1.0 μm. Next, it heated at 100 degreeC for 2 minutes using a hotplate. Next, using a KrF exposure machine (manufactured by Canon Inc., FPA-6000ES6a), a mask having a Bayer pattern of 1 μm square was interposed, and the exposure was carried out by KrF line (wavelength: 248 nm) at an exposure amount of 500 mJ/cm 2 . exposure. Next, spin-over immersion development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it rinsed with a rotary shower, and also rinsed with pure water. Next, by heating at 200° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate, a 1 μm square Bayer pattern (pixels of the infrared cut layer) was formed and an infrared cut filter was formed. Next, the green composition was applied on the pixels of the infrared cut layer by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.5 μm. Next, it heated at 100 degreeC for 2 minutes using a hotplate. Next, using a KrF exposure machine (manufactured by Canon Inc., FPA-6000ES6a), through a mask having a Bayer pattern with a pixel size of 1 μm square, exposure was performed with KrF line at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 . . Next, spin-over immersion development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it rinsed with a rotary shower, and also rinsed with pure water. Next, green pixels were formed on the pixels of the infrared cut layer by heating at 200° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate. The red composition and the blue composition were coated in the same manner as above so that the film thickness was 0.5 μm, using an i-ray stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), with a pixel The mask of Bayer pattern with a size of 1 μm square is exposed and developed by i-ray at an exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 , and patterning is performed in sequence, and red pixels and blue pixels are respectively formed on the pixels of the infrared cut-off layer. color pixels to form a color filter. Next, the composition for forming an infrared transmissive filter layer was applied on the light-receiving element on which the color filter was formed by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.5 μm. Next, it heated at 100 degreeC for 2 minutes using a hotplate. Next, using a KrF exposure machine (manufactured by Canon Inc., FPA-6000ES6a), through a mask having a Bayer pattern with a pixel size of 1 μm square, the exposure amount was 300 mJ/cm 2 with KrF line. exposure. Next, spin-over immersion development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Then, it rinsed with a rotary shower, and also rinsed with pure water. Next, by heating at 200° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate, pixels of the infrared transmissive layer were formed in the missing portions of the pixels of the infrared cut layer, thereby forming an infrared transmissive filter. The device was fabricated by embedding it in a solid-state imaging element according to a known method.

(比較例1、比較例3)製造例2 形成各畫素時,使用i射線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製)來作為曝光機,關於紅外線截止層的畫素,以1000 mJ/cm2 的曝光量用i射線進行曝光,關於綠色畫素、紅色畫素及藍色畫素,分別以200 mJ/cm2 的曝光量用i射線進行曝光,關於紅外線透射層的畫素,以300 mJ/cm2 的曝光量用i射線進行曝光,除此之外,藉由與製造例1相同之方法形成各畫素,製造了比較例1、比較例3的裝置。(Comparative Example 1, Comparative Example 3) Production Example 2 When forming each pixel, an i-ray stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used as an exposure machine, and the pixel of the infrared cut layer was 1000. The exposure amount of mJ/cm 2 was exposed with i-rays, and the green pixels, red pixels, and blue pixels were exposed to i-rays at the exposure amount of 200 mJ/cm 2 respectively. The devices of Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 3 were produced by forming each pixel by the same method as in Production Example 1, except that the i-ray was exposed at an exposure amount of 300 mJ/cm 2 .

<相對於紅外線之S/N比的評價> 對所獲得之固態攝像元件照射紅外線,並將照射及未照射紅外線時的訊號強度比進行比較來評價了相對於紅外線之S/N比。另外,作為紅外線的光源,使用了紅外線功率LED(850 nm)OSI3XNE3E1E(OPTOSUPPLY公司製)。<Evaluation of S/N ratio with respect to infrared rays> The obtained solid-state imaging element was irradiated with infrared rays, and the S/N ratio with respect to infrared rays was evaluated by comparing the signal intensity ratios when irradiated and not irradiated with infrared rays. In addition, as an infrared light source, an infrared power LED (850 nm) OSI3XNE3E1E (manufactured by OPTOSUPPLY) was used.

<相對於可見光之雜訊(SNR10)的評價> 關於麥克伯圖的24種顏色,確定照明光源,並求出400~700 nm的波長範圍內的分光反射率。接著,確定固態攝像元件的紅外線截止濾波器特性及固態攝像元件的分光靈敏度,並計算出固態攝像元件所接收之紅色、綠色、藍色的曝光量。接著,由該曝光量計算出紅色、綠色及藍色這各種顏色的電荷量。接著,由該等電荷量計算出紅色、綠色及藍色這各種顏色的輸出訊號r、g及b以及雜訊(散粒雜訊、暗雜訊、定型雜訊)。由該等雜訊算出亮度訊號雜訊(S/N),計算該S/N成為10之照度值(稱為SNR10),依據以下基準來評價了相對於可見光之雜訊。係指SNR10的值越小雜訊越低。關於SNR10的計算步驟,依據了日本特開2013-15817號公報的段落號0405~0426中所記載之方法。 5:SNR10小於1 lux 4:SNR10為1 lux以上且小於3 lux 3:SNR10為3 lux以上且小於10 lux 2:SNR10為10 lux以上且小於30 lux 1:SNR10為30 lux以上且小於100 lux 0:SNR10為100 lux以上<Evaluation with respect to visible light noise (SNR10)> Regarding the 24 colors of the Macbert diagram, the illumination light source was determined, and the spectral reflectance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm was obtained. Next, the infrared cut filter characteristics of the solid-state imaging element and the spectral sensitivity of the solid-state imaging element are determined, and the exposure amounts of red, green, and blue received by the solid-state imaging element are calculated. Next, the charge amount of each color of red, green, and blue is calculated from the exposure amount. Then, the output signals r, g, and b and noise (shot noise, dark noise, and stereotype noise) of each color of red, green, and blue are calculated from the charge amounts. The luminance signal noise (S/N) was calculated from these noises, the illuminance value (called SNR10) at which the S/N was 10 was calculated, and the noise with respect to visible light was evaluated according to the following criteria. It means that the smaller the value of SNR10, the lower the noise. The calculation procedure of the SNR10 is based on the method described in paragraphs 0405 to 0426 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-15817. 5: SNR10 is less than 1 lux 4: SNR10 is more than 1 lux and less than 3 lux 3: SNR10 is more than 3 lux and less than 10 lux 2: SNR10 is more than 10 lux and less than 30 lux 1: SNR10 is more than 30 lux and less than 100 lux 0: SNR10 is 100 lux or more

[表2]

Figure 107120372-A0304-0002
[Table 2]
Figure 107120372-A0304-0002

如上述表所示,實施例的裝置中,相對於紅外線的S/N比高。又,在相對於可見光之雜訊中亦觀察到顯著的優化。As shown in the above-mentioned table, the S/N ratio with respect to infrared rays was high in the apparatus of the Example. Also, significant optimization was observed in noise relative to visible light.

在各實施例中,即使使用InGaAs基板來代替矽基板而製造受光元件時,亦可獲得與各實施例同樣優異的效果。 在各實施例中,即使將彩色濾光片用組成物中的光聚合起始劑變更為相同量的IRGACURE OXE02(BASF公司製),亦可獲得相同的效果。In each of the examples, even when a light-receiving element is manufactured using an InGaAs substrate instead of a silicon substrate, the same excellent effects as in each of the examples can be obtained. In each example, even if the photopolymerization initiator in the composition for color filters was changed to the same amount of IRGACURE OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), the same effect was obtained.

1‧‧‧支撐體2‧‧‧抗蝕劑膜的圖案(抗蝕劑圖案)3‧‧‧光二極體部110‧‧‧受光元件111‧‧‧紅外線截止濾波器112‧‧‧彩色濾光片114‧‧‧紅外線透射濾波器115‧‧‧微透鏡116‧‧‧平坦化層1‧‧‧Support body 2‧‧‧Pattern of resist film (resist pattern) 3‧‧‧Photodiode part 110‧‧‧Light receiving element 111‧‧‧Infrared cut filter 112‧‧‧Color filter Optical sheet 114‧‧‧Infrared transmission filter 115‧‧‧Micro lens 116‧‧‧Planarization layer

圖1係受光元件的製造方法的說明圖,且係表示抗蝕劑圖案形成之圖。 圖2係受光元件的製造方法的說明圖,且係表示離子植入之圖。 圖3係表示本發明的裝置的一實施形態之圖。FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram of a manufacturing method of a light-receiving element, and is a diagram showing formation of a resist pattern. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram of a method of manufacturing a light-receiving element, and is a diagram showing ion implantation. Fig. 3 is a diagram showing an embodiment of the apparatus of the present invention.

1‧‧‧支撐體 1‧‧‧Support

2‧‧‧抗蝕劑膜的圖案(抗蝕劑圖案) 2‧‧‧Pattern of resist film (resist pattern)

Claims (16)

一種裝置的製造方法,其包括:使用抗蝕劑組成物在支撐體上形成厚度為5μm以上的抗蝕劑膜的圖案,接著,將該抗蝕劑膜的圖案作為遮罩而對該支撐體進行離子植入來製造受光元件之步驟;在該受光元件的進行了該離子植入之區域上的至少一部分,形成濾光器的畫素形成用組成物的層之步驟;對該畫素形成用組成物的層照射波長為300nm以下的光並以圖案狀進行曝光之步驟;及對曝光後的該畫素形成用組成物的層進行顯影而形成畫素之步驟,且該抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分濃度為31質量%以上。 A method for manufacturing a device, comprising: using a resist composition to form a pattern of a resist film having a thickness of 5 μm or more on a support, then using the pattern of the resist film as a mask to apply the pattern to the support A step of manufacturing a light-receiving element by performing ion implantation; a step of forming a layer of a pixel-forming composition of an optical filter on at least a part of the region of the light-receiving element where the ion implantation has been performed; A step of irradiating a layer of the composition with light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less and exposing in a pattern; and a step of developing the exposed layer of the composition for forming a pixel to form a pixel, and the resist is composed of The solid content concentration of the material is 31% by mass or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中關於進行該曝光之步驟,對該畫素形成用組成物的層照射KrF線並以圖案狀進行曝光。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 1, wherein the step of exposing the layer of the composition for forming a pixel is irradiated with a KrF line and exposed in a pattern. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該畫素形成用組成物為選自著色畫素形成用組成物及紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物中之至少一種。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the composition for pixel formation is selected from the group consisting of a composition for coloring pixel formation and a composition for pixel formation of an infrared-transmitting layer at least one. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中 該畫素形成用組成物包含聚合性化合物和光聚合起始劑,該光聚合起始劑包含選自烷基苯酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、噻噸酮化合物、三
Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0144-6
化合物及肟化合物中之至少一種化合物。
The method for manufacturing a device according to the claim 1 or 2 of the claimed scope, wherein the composition for forming a pixel comprises a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, and the photopolymerization initiator comprises an alkyl phenone selected from the group consisting of Compounds, Acylphosphine Compounds, Benzophenone Compounds, Thioxanthone Compounds, Tris
Figure 107120372-A0305-02-0144-6
At least one of a compound and an oxime compound.
如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該畫素形成用組成物包含色材。 The method for manufacturing a device as described in claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the composition for forming a pixel includes a color material. 如申請專利範圍第5項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中相對於該畫素形成用組成物的總固體成分,包含40質量%以上的該色材。 The method for producing a device according to claim 5, wherein the color material is contained in an amount of 40% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the composition for forming a pixel. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該畫素的尺寸為2.0μm以下。 The manufacturing method of the device according to the claim 1 or 2 of the claimed scope, wherein the size of the pixel is 2.0 μm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該畫素的膜厚為1.0μm以下。 The method for manufacturing the device according to the claim 1 or 2 of the claimed scope, wherein the film thickness of the pixel is 1.0 μm or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該抗蝕劑膜的厚度為7μm以上。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the resist film has a thickness of 7 μm or more. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該抗蝕劑組成物在25℃下的黏度為30~1000mPa.s。 The manufacturing method of the device as described in item 1 or item 2 of the scope of the application, wherein the viscosity of the resist composition at 25°C is 30~1000mPa. s. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該抗蝕劑組成物包含樹脂,該抗蝕劑組成物的固體成分中的樹脂的含量為95.0~99.9質量%。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the resist composition contains a resin, and the content of the resin in the solid content of the resist composition is 95.0 to 99.9 mass %. 如申請專利範圍第11項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該樹脂的大西參數為3.0以下。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 11, wherein the Onishi parameter of the resin is 3.0 or less. 如申請專利範圍第11項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該樹脂的大西參數為2.8以下。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 11, wherein the Onishi parameter of the resin is 2.8 or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該抗蝕劑組成物為正型感光性組成物。 The method for manufacturing a device according to the first or second claim of the claimed scope, wherein the resist composition is a positive-type photosensitive composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該抗蝕劑組成物含有具有重複單元之樹脂和光酸產生劑,該重複單元具有藉由酸的作用進行分解並產生極性基之基團。 The method for manufacturing a device as described in item 1 or 2 of the claimed scope, wherein the resist composition contains a resin having a repeating unit and a photoacid generator, and the repeating unit is decomposed and generated by the action of an acid polar groups. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之裝置的製造方法,其中該畫素形成用組成物為紅外線透射層的畫素形成用組成物。 The method for manufacturing a device according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein the composition for forming a pixel is a composition for forming a pixel of an infrared-transmitting layer.
TW107120372A 2017-07-04 2018-06-13 Device manufacturing method TWI750383B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017130863 2017-07-04
JP2017-130863 2017-07-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201907238A TW201907238A (en) 2019-02-16
TWI750383B true TWI750383B (en) 2021-12-21

Family

ID=64950808

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107120372A TWI750383B (en) 2017-07-04 2018-06-13 Device manufacturing method

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6966546B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102323060B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI750383B (en)
WO (1) WO2019009001A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7051321B2 (en) * 2017-07-21 2022-04-11 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device
JP7079581B2 (en) * 2017-08-31 2022-06-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product forming method, cured product, panel for image display device, and image display device
KR20210150439A (en) * 2019-04-01 2021-12-10 비더블유엑스티 어드밴스드 테크놀로지스, 엘엘씨 In particular, compositions and methods for additive manufacturing of nuclear reactor components
KR102672437B1 (en) * 2019-09-19 2024-06-07 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Coloring compositions, cured films, color filters and display devices

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007250746A (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-09-27 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Method of forming thick resist film and method of forming resist pattern
JP2009259916A (en) * 2008-04-14 2009-11-05 Sharp Corp Method of manufacturing solid-state imaging device
JP2011258903A (en) * 2010-06-11 2011-12-22 Panasonic Corp Solid state image sensor
JP2012137565A (en) * 2010-12-24 2012-07-19 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, and pattern formation method
WO2013133389A1 (en) * 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device equipped with same, organic el display device, and solid-state image sensor
TW201413376A (en) * 2012-07-30 2014-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Coloring curable composition and color filter using the same
TW201431970A (en) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter and method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence element and solid-state image pickup element
WO2015041114A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image pickup element, picture display device, and triarylmethane compound
WO2015098662A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 Dic株式会社 Resin composition, resist mask for dry etching, and pattern formation method
JP2016210731A (en) * 2015-05-11 2016-12-15 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition and production method of resist pattern
JP2017504686A (en) * 2014-01-07 2017-02-09 東洋合成工業株式会社 Composition and process for producing parts

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4347130B2 (en) * 2004-04-28 2009-10-21 東京応化工業株式会社 Positive resist composition, resist pattern forming method, and ion implantation method
JP2008235753A (en) * 2007-03-23 2008-10-02 Sony Corp Solid imaging apparatus and method of manufacturing the same
WO2011002247A2 (en) 2009-07-02 2011-01-06 동우화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition for preparation of color filter of solid-state image sensing device using 300 nm or less ultrashort wave exposure equipment, color filter using same, and solid-state image sensing device containing same
JP6040248B2 (en) * 2011-09-21 2016-12-07 セルン − ヨーロピアン オーガナイゼーション フォー ニュークリア リサーチCERN − European Organization for Nuclear Research Pixel detector, Compton camera, proton therapy device, neutron imaging device, X-ray polarimeter and γ-ray polarimeter
JP6097649B2 (en) * 2013-07-17 2017-03-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Resist composition for semiconductor manufacturing process, resist film using the same, resist coating mask blank, resist pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
KR20190021493A (en) * 2014-05-01 2019-03-05 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and infrared sensor
TWI663218B (en) * 2014-09-04 2019-06-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Composition, manufacturing method of composition, curable composition, cured film, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
TWI675907B (en) * 2015-01-21 2019-11-01 日商Jsr股份有限公司 Solid imaging device
TW201628179A (en) * 2015-01-21 2016-08-01 Jsr 股份有限公司 Solid imaging device and near-infrared absorbing composition
WO2016136784A1 (en) * 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Near-infrared-absorbing composition, cured film, near-infrared-absorbing filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
TWI723994B (en) * 2015-05-22 2021-04-11 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored composition, film, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
WO2017104355A1 (en) * 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Resist composition, resist film, mask blank, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007250746A (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-09-27 Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd Method of forming thick resist film and method of forming resist pattern
JP2009259916A (en) * 2008-04-14 2009-11-05 Sharp Corp Method of manufacturing solid-state imaging device
JP2011258903A (en) * 2010-06-11 2011-12-22 Panasonic Corp Solid state image sensor
JP2012137565A (en) * 2010-12-24 2012-07-19 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film using the same, and pattern formation method
WO2013133389A1 (en) * 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored photosensitive composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device equipped with same, organic el display device, and solid-state image sensor
TW201413376A (en) * 2012-07-30 2014-04-01 Fujifilm Corp Coloring curable composition and color filter using the same
TW201431970A (en) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter and method for producing the same, liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminescence element and solid-state image pickup element
WO2015041114A1 (en) * 2013-09-17 2015-03-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image pickup element, picture display device, and triarylmethane compound
WO2015098662A1 (en) * 2013-12-25 2015-07-02 Dic株式会社 Resin composition, resist mask for dry etching, and pattern formation method
JP2017504686A (en) * 2014-01-07 2017-02-09 東洋合成工業株式会社 Composition and process for producing parts
JP2016210731A (en) * 2015-05-11 2016-12-15 住友化学株式会社 Salt, acid generator, resist composition and production method of resist pattern

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20190138846A (en) 2019-12-16
KR102323060B1 (en) 2021-11-08
JPWO2019009001A1 (en) 2020-04-16
TW201907238A (en) 2019-02-16
WO2019009001A1 (en) 2019-01-10
JP6966546B2 (en) 2021-11-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI756388B (en) Structure, composition for forming near-infrared transmission filter layer, and photosensor
TWI750383B (en) Device manufacturing method
JP7037568B2 (en) Resin composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, infrared transmission filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device, infrared sensor and camera module
JP6751726B2 (en) Films, film manufacturing methods, optical filters, laminates, solid-state image sensors, image display devices, and infrared sensors
CN111065656B (en) Curable composition, film, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging element, and optical sensor
TW201835235A (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
JPWO2018043218A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, optical filter, laminate, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2020036037A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, layered body, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
JP2022164667A (en) Curable composition, cured film, infrared transmitting filter, laminate, solid-state imaging element, sensor, and pattern forming method
TW201706731A (en) Method for producing cured film, and cured film
TWI756347B (en) Composition, film, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
JP2023068020A (en) Optical filter manufacturing method
TWI837100B (en) Colored photosensitive composition and method for manufacturing optical filter
JP6726317B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, optical filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and infrared sensor
WO2020196391A1 (en) Resin composition, film, near infrared ray-cutting filter, near infrared ray-transmitting filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and infrared ray sensor
CN114556215A (en) Composition, film, cured film, method for producing cured film, near-infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging element, and infrared sensor
TW201907549A (en) Method for manufacturing infrared light-receiving element, method for manufacturing photosensor, laminated body, photoresist composition and kit
TWI846905B (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device